Home

A lot - Alvaco

1. ice DE ee UDP Index Status Bandwidth Direction class Class Class Others Bandwidth Online 1 2 3 Coiril Statistics WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 29 259 259 255 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Enable the First Priority for VoIP SIP RTP SIP UDP Port 5060 Default 5060 2 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test 1s used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name CI Tag packets as Default 3 NO Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty 3 For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit oe ACT Ethernet Type IPv4 OIPv6 Remote Address Any O OE Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Predefined Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 230 Dray Te k Available settings are explained as follows Item ACT Ethernet Type Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Description Check this box to invoke these settings
2. Zz ij Vin aa E p arian j i E d a al F a F k 4 i L F F al F a F F A 4 j i a m L d PELO Fj L s Dual a N Security Router Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V1 1 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide ii Dr ay Te k Vigor2912 Series Dual WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 1 0 Firmware Version V3 7 3_RC5 For future update please visit DrayTek web site Date 18 09 2013 Dray Te k iii Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2013 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router
3. cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 362 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccccsssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeasausueeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaaaaaaaseeseeeseseeeeeeeeesees 363 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide x Dray Tek Introduction Vigor2912 series is a broadband router which integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DES the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as Psec PPTP L2TP with up to 16 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor2912 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printing function or 3G USB modem for network connection Vigor2912 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations t
4. Awards Reviews gt DrayTek VigorlPPBX 2820 got the positive review by MREZA RH i Oust Gand eened magazine in Croatia gt gt more Events Solutions ITEXP DrayTek Unveils Latest Soons mr heat DrayTek 2012 Product Catalogue CeBIT Generation Networks at ITEXPO East Jan 31 to Feb 3 2012 SMB Productivity Enhancement solution Product Quick Finder Miami FL USA v Please Select gt eA s 5 Dray Tek 69 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 7 How to Create an Account for MyVigor The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more information please create an account for MyVigor 3 7 1 Create an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name iP Default 5 2 b J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L Cache lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 451P lt br gt to URL4 l
5. The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally eq
6. VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds V2920 172 16 2 145 v VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol 69 Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps UpTime 1 IPSec Tunnel Drop i VPN Client DES SHAL Auth See ee les ale abel poal Oly eel 5 3 se 36 O 6 41 Drop teM Data is encrypted HMERMEER Data isn t encrypted 3 4 How to Optimize the Bandwidth through QoS Technology Have you ever gotten any problems in uploading downloading files Voice video or email data only with the narrow districted bandwidth you may share from the common Internet connection line The advanced bandwidth management technology QoS Quality of Service helps you to well allocate the bandwidth upon your demand of Voice Video or Data transferring Let s see how to get the optimum bandwidth per your request by using DrayTek Vigor router as below Scenario The Internet connection you got from ISP line is 2MB 512Kb There are VoIP telephony network IPTV set top box and data server at your home Assume you want to allocate 30 of the bandwidth you got to VoIP demand 50 for IPTV 15 for mail data 5 for others Let s see how easily it is to do the setting as below 1 Open Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service 2 You will get the following page Click the Edit link for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Gene
7. Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate VPN 1 o oO o 2 D 3 M fo 4 O Note Enabling the Isolate Member configuration will forbid the wireless cllents associated to the same SSID from connecting to each other The isolate VPN configuration will isolate the wireless traffic fram VPN connections and thus wireless clients will not be able to access the VPN network under this setting Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 o kbps kbps SSID 2 oO 30000 kbps kbps SSID 3 o kbps 20000 kbps SSID 4 oO kbps kbps Note Configurable upload and download rates are from 100 to 50 000 kbps Associated Schedule Profiles Note Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Valid settings are profile indexes 1 to 15 OK Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to 11g Only 11n Only 2 4 GHz Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mixed 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n 11g Only Tin Only 2 4 GHz Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 11g 11n d Mixed 11a 11n 5 GHz Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 296 Dray Te k Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 Y
8. Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Gprareement Personal Information How did you find out about this website What kind of anti virus do you use would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Sdcomptetion Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 72 Internet v J Antivir v Global Server W Dray Tek 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register proce
9. Available settings are explained as follows Item PPTP L2TP Description Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode 101 Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series User s Guide ISP Access Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Network Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field The maximum length of the user name you can set 1s 63 characters Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1500 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the
10. Note Only one WAN can support IPv ou can configure DHCP client options here Click Advanced to open the following page WAN gt Internet Access DHCP Client Options Status Options List Enable Interface Option Enable oe WANT WANZ WANS WANS WANG WAN Oo Of Of OU UU DataType String Raw Byte in Hex Example of Raw Byte Data Type Input Format 2f 70 61 7468 31 Mote Option 61 has been given a default value You can configure option 610Client Identifier in WARK gt gt Interface Access page If you choose to configure option 61 here the settings in WAN gt gt Interface Access Details Page will be overwritten Option 12 is reserved you cannot configure it here but you can configure it in Router Name field of WARK gt gt Interface Access Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Options List Display related information of the DHCP client option Enable Check the box to enable the function of DHCP Option Each DHCP option is composed by an option number with data For example Option number 100 Data abcd When such function is enabled the specified values for DHCP option will be seen in DHCP reply packets Dray Tek 115 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Interface Specify the WAN interface s which will apply the DHCP option setting Option Number Type a number for such option DataType Choose the type String or Raw Byte in Hex for the data to
11. Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh oe Click this icon to return to the upper directory Back gt Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be shared for other user through FTP Dray Te k 317 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 13 4 USB Device Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB storage disk via the Vigor router In addition the status of the USB modem or USB printer connecting to Vigor router can be checked from such page If you want to remove the storage disk from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt USB Device Status Disk Modem Printer Refresh USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity 0 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Connection Status If there is no USB storage disk connected to
12. Product Registration i U t Note The home page will be different slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 5 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Cit Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 14 Auto Logout m Auto Logout Dray Tek 2 2 Changing Password Please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin as Username Password for accessing into the web user interface with admin mode 3 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Note Password can contain only a zA Z0 9 lt gt 4 Enter the login password the default is admin on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then click OK to continue Note The maximum length of the password you can set 1s 23 characters 5 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web user interface for this router Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series Username password Login Note Even the password has been ch
13. Rule Edit ACT Ethernet Type IPv4 OIPv6 Local Address Remote Address Any DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Cx e Dray Tek 59 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 7 The class rule for VoIP has been set Click OK to return to previous page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 DiffServ CodePoint Service Type NO Status Local Address Remote Address 172 16 1 240 1 wc tiv f N N i Active 172 16 1 241 Any ANY ANY 8 Do the same steps to add class rules for IPTV and Data Email with IP addresses as shown below Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name Tag packets as Default DiffServ CodePoint Service Type NO Status Local Address Remote Address 1O paren 172 16 1 242 Any ANY ANY 172 16 1 249 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Tag packets as DiffServ CodePoint Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type Active Any Any IP precedence 2 ANY Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 60 Dr ay Te k 10 11 Dray Tek Assuming you get 2MB 512Kb Internet line You can click the Setup link of WANI to set up the bandwidth for different groups among VoIP IPTV and Data Email Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class me Online Index Status Bandwidth
14. Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Disable Username Password Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder fo 4 Access Rule File YlRead Write C Delete Directory List Cicreata Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ f j and space 4 Click OK to save the configuration 5 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Lop On As Either the server does not allow anonyrnoous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTF server 192 168 1 1 After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CW eboav instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password Cancel Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 52 Dr ay Te k 6 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back i i P Search I Folders is 2 Other Places FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a c Shared Documents EEE
15. oO 17 d Fs 77 CI Sae 16 777 F ere 3 PP d a 13 PP O ca 4 O 20 O 5 777 d F 77 C 3 Click any index number to open the configuration page Type a name which is easy for identification for such profile in this case type VPN Server and check the box of Enable This Profile For Vigor router will be set as a server the call direction shall be set as Dial in and set 0 as Idle Timeout VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 Profile Name Call Direction VPN Server al O Always on Idle Timeout o second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First O Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP Multicast via VPN Pass Block Enable this profile for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 54 Dray Te k 4 Now navigate to the next section Dial In Settings to check PPTP IPsec Tunnel and L2TP boxes Check the box of Specify Remote and type the Peer VPN Server IP e g 218 242 130 19 in this case Press the IKE Pre Shared Key button to set the PSK and select Medium AH or High ESP as the security method 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type E Username 72 PPTP Password IPsec Tunnel VJ Compression On Off L2TP with IPsec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method M Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server
16. 127 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Configuration DNS Server IP Address Vigor2912 Series User s Guide and editing RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Disable 1st Subnet 2nd subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to DHCP Server IP Address It is available when Enable Relay Agent is checked Se
17. Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule 1 Click any index say Index No 1 2 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 238 Dray Tek Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date yyyy mm dd 2000 Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout lo minute s max 255 0 for default How Often Once Weekdays O Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri O Sat Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Schedule Check to enable the schedule Setup Start Date Specify the starting date of the schedule yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time Specify the duration or period for the schedule hh mm Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idl
18. Item Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Description Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets 161 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Enable Strict Security Firewall For the sake of security the router will execute strict security checking for data transmission Such feature is enabled in default All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall If the firewall system e g content filter server does not make any response pass or block for these packets then the router s firewall will block the packets directly 4 4 2 2 Default Rule Page Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Policy Route WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General S
19. Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 0 50 IPw4 IPvo LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 6 Z 58586 156 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Node Up Time 0 00 40 Gateway IP 2001 1111 2999 3333 11117128 Global FES0 210 44FF FE46 2564 64 Link DNS IP O01 48604860 9888 2001 4660 4660 8644 TX Packets RX Packets 14 g Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 46 Dray Te k Static IPv6 Choose Static IPv6 Type IPv6 address Prefix Length and Gateway Address WAN Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPvG Internet Access Mode Connection Type Static Pi w Static Pv Address configuration Length ZOOL BOLO 7300 201 210 A4FF FEA6 2564 64 Glohal 2 2001 1111 2222 5555 210 84FF FEG 25647064 Global 3 FESO 21D 44FF FEA6 256 64 Link Static Pv Gateway configuration IP ye Address Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 04 2 IPvd IPvo LAN Status IP Address FESO 210 44FF FE46 2568 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 4 0 i 0 WAN IPv Status Enable Mode Up Time Static IPv6 0 03 56 Gateway IP 2001 8010 7300 201 210 44FF FE46 2564 64 Global TL er Er Line p i i i FE80 210 44FF FE46 2564 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets g Dray Tek 47 Vigor29
20. Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type Remote Dial in User Teleworker ka L PPTP IPsec C L2TP with IPsec Policy Available settings are explained as follows Item VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Dray Tek Description Choose the direction for the VPN server Site to Site VPN To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection site to WPN LAN to LAN Site ta Site YPN LAN to LANY Remote Dial in User Teleworker This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set 257 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Index Status Name a 1 777 F 2 E TP 4 E Tr 5 779 6 E raters 7 E 777 g E Tr J 777 10 E 77 11 777 12 E Tr 13 777 l4 E 777 f 15 E Tr 16 fates 1 eee 16 faa 14 E Tr 20 777 21 777 Ze 777 23 E Tr 2 4 777 25 77 26 E 777 B ET E Tr 20 fry 29 E Pr k Please choose a This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in Dial in User User Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN Accounts tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial i
21. Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 123456789 10111213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page Dray Tek 311 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 12 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPAZ2 Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication T Zob Dm A Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this button to refresh the status o
22. TE ZTE MF626 ZTE ZTE MFa2 ZTE ZTE MF633 KN TE ZTE MF636 Tested and is supported M Has not been tested but might be supported C Supported with specific circumstances Dray Tek 319 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration System Status TR 069 Administrator Password User Password Login Customization Configuration Backup Syslog Mail Alert Time and Date Management Reboot System Firmware Upgrade and Activation Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 4 14 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Vigor2912n Firmware Version 3 7 3 RC5 Build Date Time Sep 9 2013 18 55 50 MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DAS LAN OO 10 44 84 20 BC 192 168 1 1 755 255 25 5 0 Yes 2 9 0 0 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Wersion O0 10 44 84 2D BC Europe 2k wld Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANI Connected 00 10 44 84 20 B0 Static IP fe ies ILsie e e WARS Disconnected O0 10 44 84 2D BE WANS Disconnected 00 10 44 84 20 BF Scope Internet Access Mode LAMH FE80 21D AAFF FE
23. The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by external service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius 1s selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one of the log items to take down relational records for the user s None If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection if Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose for authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authentication the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and type the user name and password for authentication A window with remaining time of conn
24. VPN Dial OQut Through WAN1 First Always on No Server IP Host Name 172 16 3 8 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IPsec Security Method AH SHAI1 Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 256 Dray Te k 4 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard The following page will appear VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile
25. Cache L1 L2 Cache lt body gt center gt lt br gt brebr gt lt p gt ihe requested Web page lt br gt from t51P lt br gt to URL br gt that is categorized with tCL4 lt br gt has been blocked by tRNAMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt How to register activate Web Content Filter WCF license Please visit for getting more information How to Register AI AV AS WCE Service Service Activation Wizard http www draytek com user SupportFA QDetail php ID 1955 How to Activate Anti Virus Anti Intrusion Anti Spam Service http www draytek com user SupportFA QDetail php ID 286 How to use the Web Content Filter WCF http www draytek com user SupportFA ODetail php ID 1953 What the Web Content Filter WCF license benefits are http www draytek com user PdInfoDetail php Id 110 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 82 Dray Tek 2 Open CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile to create a WCF profile Check Social Networking with Action Block LLIN AUS Loy Leisure Select All J entertainment L Games Cl Sports LI Travel Leisure amp Recreation Fashion amp Beauty Clear All Business ee Business E Job Search C Web based Mail Clear All Chating Select All F chat LJInstant Messaging Clear All Computer Internet C Anonymizers Forums Newsgroups C Computers Select All L Download Sites Cl Streaming Down
26. Canes 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te k such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web
27. Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers After finished the above settings click OK to save the configuration For IPv6 System Maintenance gt gt Management IPv Management Setup IPv6 Management Setup Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet C Telnet Server Port 23 LI HTTP Server Port 80 C Enable PING from the Internet Access List List IPv6 Address Prefix Length 2 o o E a S Note Telnet Http server port is the same as IPv4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Management Access Allow management from the Internet Enable the Control checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Enable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to enable all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function 1s disabled by default Access List You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed IPv6 Address Prefix Length Indicate the IP address es allowed to login to the router After finished the above settings click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 338 Dray Te k 4 14 11 Reboot System The Web user interface m
28. E 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E lt lt 1 2 33 64 65 96 97 126 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Tek 187 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Index Name Display the profile number that you can configure Display the name of the object profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection 60 Yoo Yoo Yoo Yoo Yoo 192 168 1 65 i Available settings are explained as follows Item Name Interface Address Type Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface Any LAN RT VPN WAN For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN RT VPN or any IP address If you choose LAN RT VPN as the Interface here and choose LAN RT VPN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN RT VPN interface will be opened for you to choose in E
29. Firewall Wireless LAN User Management l MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID Objects Setting 00 1D A4 84 2D BC Europe 2715 DrayTek CSM Bandwidth Management Applications i Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway VPN and Remote Access WANI Connected 00 1D 44 84 2D BD Static IP A gts Ho oe ae Pd oe Certificate Management WAN2 Disconnected O0 1D 44 84 2D BE wee Wireless LAN l WAN3 Disconnected O0 1D 44 84 2D BF _ USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics 3 Address Scope Internet Access Mode External Devices LAN FE80 21D 4A4FF FE84 2DBC 64 Link aoe Product Registration i User Mode is OFF now 4 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC h
30. Internet after passing through the time without any action WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using WARILIP Alias Windows Internet Explorer Sie Eg E htp 192 168 1 1 l WAN1 IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Fool d ad d L CI al CI m Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to 102 Dray Tek Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 4 Details Page for 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode in WAN3 To use 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu T
31. Please specify which protocol IPv4 or IPv6 will be used for this rule Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule 3 http 192_168_1 1 doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS 4 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 231 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to ope
32. This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user SupportDLRTTECE php C FE This product is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region Dray Te k v Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Vigor2912 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Tek Table of Contents SEE OCG HO p EANA EEE E E A A E E EE 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccceceeesesseeeceeeeseeaeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeeeessaaaseees 2 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors 2 00 cccceeeccccececeseeeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeessuaeseeeeeeeesesaansaees 3 M2 A FOr VOT Ve e EE E E E A S 3 12 2 FOr VIGO 29 1 2 er a E a E RE a E E EA E E ES 5 1o Rardware WAS LANA VION sessen n E N 7 1 4 Printer Installation caine ck dosaie teres cane hte adestresiarta aetioity nicdaieeu bute edrgan nde ait veka ess flnnd sree beau idnnebaeadous asian tata cnmastasads 8 Basic SOU Sirah etc Sema tetahrgetoen dndasedasendasuseresacaiedatedeaeuicauiunesesuionmtecens 13 2 1 Accessing Web FAO Cie rss tsecetetancencetasede toss vatucnadienenscatesedsdnceencasuptsageseuanasnsctaeede aaidsedeemessanncaaee 13 2 2 Changing PF AS SWOND scceeesconseisdesiceveniocsseiacennsan vanlosied sxiceaionticisatumatocetivetaenacadedeniskniocuanedtwcdannseededeeusseones 15 2 3 QUICK Start Wizard 2 0 cece ccccccceeesee
33. in Maian None y o Oo Web Content Filter None v Advance Setting Edit B Disallow users to play games on Facebook 1 Open Object Settings gt gt Keyword Object Click an index number to open the setting page 2 In the field of Contents please type apps facebook Configure the settings as the following figure Dray Tek 85 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 2 Name facebook apps Contents apps facebook Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 virus keep 20o0ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out 3 Open CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Click an index number to open the setting page 4 Configure the settings as the following figure CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 2 Profile Name Priority Either URL Access Control First 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections facebook 2 Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action L cookie L Proxy Upload File Extension Profile 5 When you finished the above steps please open Firewall gt gt General Setup Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 86 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Click the Default Rule tab Choose the profile just configured from the dro
34. in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Default Max Sessions Limitation List Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action i 192 168 1 10_CARRIE a z Block Current Peak Current Peak Current Speed Speed Peak WANT 0 0 Auto 0 0 Auto 0 WAN2 0 0 Auto 0 0 Auto 0 WANS 0 0 Auto 0 0 Auto 0 Total 0 0 Auto 0 0 Auto 22 f 110 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dray Tek 349 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system auto
35. name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 13 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB storage disk must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB storage disk first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder e BIRR BB Bie Click index number to access into configuration page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 314 Dray Tek USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Enable Disable Ps Maximum 11 Characters IF Access Rule File Read O Write LJ Delete Directory Oust L create Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ I and Space Available settings are explained as follows Dray
36. press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Stet PBC If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card pcl M Define a PIN Code of Station p PIN Code For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A WPS only supports in WPRASWPAS PRE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 302 Dr ay Te k Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayT k_2912 Authentication Mode Mixed WPA WPA21 PSK Device Configure Configure via Push Button Start PAC Configure via Client PinCode fe Start PIN Note WPS can help your wireless clent automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Conf
37. such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Te k Dray Tek Log URL Access Control Both Pass Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Mone Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for t
38. 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Product 2 Mass Storage 2013 08 27 15 10 06 ug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Manufacturer 1 Generic 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Usb new device vendor ID 0568F Product ID 6387 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB num of interfaces 1 2013 08 27 15 10 06 ug 27 07 09 51 YVigor router USB usb_set_configuration configuration 1 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Usb Device Connected at Port 0 lt gt Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2912 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to S
39. 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 332 Dray Te k Dray Tek Dray Tek Syslog Utility Log Filter Keyword Apply to Firewall A 172 16 3 130 J WAN Information TX Rate RX Rate BI O ra Host Name NIC Description NIC Information MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DNS Servers Default Geteway DHCP Server Lease Obtained Lease Expires carrie 0c7cb251 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Recovery Network Information Net State Atheros 4R8121 4R8113 4R8114 PCI E Ethernet Controller Packet Schedul w E0 CB 4E DA 48 79 255 255 255 0 8 8 4 4 8 8 8 8 192 168 1110 192 168 1 5 192 168 1 5 Tue ug 27 00 04 10 2013 Fri 4ug 30 00 04 10 2013 Ll On Line Routers IP Address Mask MAC 192 168 1 5 255 255 25 00 50 7F CD 0 333 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 8 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time Time Setup Use Browser Tim
40. 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal ao i i Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 360 Dray Te k 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypl Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcmp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 time 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmo_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 751 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE
41. 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WANS3 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAN Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page Nor WAN Ethernet si PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP idiots Bee PPTP LOTP Note Only one WAN can support IPv6 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2912 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2912 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page simil
42. 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last me General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name 071023 Member1 Please choose the combination that you want Member2 Please choose the combination that you want j e combination that you want Attribute Mode Ho lt Name gt Connection Type gt VPN ServerlIP Private Network gt i 1 To PlacelIPSec 192 168 2 25 20 20 20 0 2 To B Site IPSec 192 168 2 26 20 20 21 0 Add Edit Delete 4 Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black LAN to LAN Profiles View All Trunk Index Name Active Status 1 To A Place V offline 2 To B Site V offline 3 To C Place V offline 4 To D Site W offline Dray Tek 285 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide How can you set a GRE over IPsec profile 1 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPsec
43. 2 If the router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example High ESP DES 3DES V AES 4 Gre over IPsec Settings 192 168 50 100 Feer GRE IF My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gatewa ee subnet to remote network you have Remote Wetwork IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 2550 Local Network IP 192 168 25 1 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WWAN supports this Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 3 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP MAN ESE WES SUES ACI 4 Gre over IPsec Settings Enable Psec Diab CO pteeeepntaeneni als Logical Trattic My RE IP 192 168 50 100 Peer GRE IP 192 168 50 200 5 TCPAP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 00 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP 199 16895 1 From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 192 168 25 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 2550 Local Network IP 192 168 1 1 Change default route to this WPN tunnel t Only single WAN supports this Zoo aot oO Local Network Mask Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 286 Dray Tek Advanced Back
44. 2001 B010 7300 201 210 44FF FE46 2564 128 Global FE8O 90 1400 242 4052 FE80 1D AAFF FEA6 2564 1268 Link DNS IP 2001 E000 168 1 lt 001 E000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes Rx Bytes F g S44 1126 Note At present the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is available for the areas such as Taiwan hinet the Netherlands Australia and UK Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 106 Dr ay Te k 4 1 3 7 Details Page for IPv6 TSPC in WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 Tunnel setup protocol client TSPC is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6 network easily Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago http gogonet gogo6 com page freenet6 account before you try to use TSPC for network connection TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the specifications inside the configuration file It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon RADVD the PC behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet WAN gt Internet Access wi WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC w TSPC Configuration Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Username Type the name obtained from the b
45. 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router C E Static Route Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 158 1 1 Dray Tek 135 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN gt gt Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forward
46. Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Dray Tek Description Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20MHz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20MHz or 40MHz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transmission It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short
47. Configuration Type Single Range Port Number 0 bo Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Service Name Type in a new service for your request The maximum length of the name you can set is 11 characters Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP or other for the new service Port Configuration Type Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type 4 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration By the way you can set up to 10 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Delete for modification Retag the Packets for Identification Packets coming from LAN IP can be retagged through QoS setting When the packets sent out through WAN interface all of them will be tagged with certain header and that will be easily to be identified by server on ISP For example in the following illustration the VoIP packets in LAN go into Vigor router without any header However when they go forward to the Server on ISP through Vigor router all of the packets are tagged with AF configured in Bandwidth gt gt QoS gt gt Class automatically Dray Tek 233 Vigor2912 Series Us
48. Display the name for such mail server profile Dr ay Te k 205 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the Mail Server tab and click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS5 Provider Mail Server Index q e ie N 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Object Settings gt gt SMS Mail Service Object Profile Index 1 Profile Name Mail Notify SMTP Server 192 166 1 96 SMTP Port Sender Address careni draytek com Mw Use SSL Authentication Username john Password Sending Interval jo seconds Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such mail service profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 31 characters SMTP Server Type the IP address of the mail server The maximum length of the name you can set is 63 characters SMTP Port Type the port number for SMTP server Sender Address Type the e mail address of the sender Use SSL Check this box to enable such function Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 206 Dray Te k Authentication Sending Interval The mail server must be authenticated with the correct username and password to have the right of sending message out Check the box to enable the function Username Type a name for authentication The maximum length of the name you can
49. E a 234 9 NSO NS reene E EEEE 238 aS RADUT eee eee ee nen ene ee ee ene E ee 241 4 9 4 Active Directory LDAP cccccssececcceeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeneeseeeseaeeesseaseessaaeeeeseaeeeessaneeesaaeees 241 A IP IVE ae e E E cay sapesetee foensassetebacetacenesiueun E A E 244 a oo TONI a E a E E E EE E 246 4 9 7 Wake on LAN cccccsccccssccccesceccsceceeeeseueeecaucecsacecsageesseeessueeesaueessasessaseessuseessaeessaeees 247 4 9 8 SMS Mail Alert Service cccccsssssececessseeeecseasseeecsseseesecesagseseeteasseesesseaseeeeensoasentes 248 4 10 VPN and Remote ACCESS cccccsscccccssseecceesececsesseecceeeeesseeeeceuseecseaseeessageeessegseesssaeeeeess 250 4101 VPN Ghent VV IZ AN renteececcesenctesyecoasteaxeds deca tcseasaecncatemecces demacododsaacsave duastdesekdaxedssacatetentae 250 410 2 VPN Sewer VIZ ANC vstntcccseatinsindsoansenesyatemienrdessginsbednnendes satan demeaniabemuereraiaieademmansye oats 257 4 10 3 Remote Access COntrOl cccccccccceecceessseeceeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeessaaaseseeeees 262 4 10 4 PPP General Setup ocec sxccscescinonteedusvexososacadebnsaescenesguatdeacceseiodasteavaei cep scachssnedvadadecasevheas 262 4100 IPSEC General Se WU Dice sicevcecancacosescsacseuexsctveadtsnsasetancce oadescaeenaseesacbnceccan secu n aeonasacthicadasaties 264 4 10 6 IPsec Peer TOGIIUNY ccs conan codmncrenontsranenarsan giditetvenaicctcond rsteetaltetwatiavtacuiivxanonuieeaeandisaant 26
50. Explorer The logging page will appear and asks for username and password Please type the correct username and password Username Password 6 Click Login If the logging is successful you will see the message of Login Success from the browser you use ET Sk purl 168 10 1 doc user EEE 5 a CJ DvavTek Group O HRT G Eh G Bisse Logn SUCCESS Dray Tek 67 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Example 2 The system will connect to http Awww draytek com automatically after logging into Internet successfully 1 Inthe field of Landing Page please type the words as below lt body stats 1 gt lt script language javascript gt window location http www draytek com lt script gt lt body gt User Management gt General Setup General Setup Mode Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in user based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body stats li lt script language javascript gt window location http www draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Clear Cancel 2 Next enable the Landing Page function
51. G Control Panel E Network Connections amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer 4 Internet Explorer Mad Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 8 Dr ay Te k 3 Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install 4 printer or make printer connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects 1 through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S lf Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties RR Cancel Close m 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A networ
52. Host IP Set the IPv6 address of the host that will receive the trap IPv6 community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds Enable SNMPV3 Agent Check it to enable this function USM User USM means user based security mode Type a username which will be used for authentication The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Auth Algorithm Choose one of the encryption methods listed below as the authentication algorithm Auth Password Type a password for authentication The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Privacy Algorithm Choose one of the methods listed below as the privacy algorithm No Priv Privacy Password Type a password for privacy The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Click OK to save these settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Te k 4 14 10 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list and port setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different For IPv4 System Maintenance gt gt Management IPva Management Setup IP Management Setup Router Mame Of Management Port Setup C Default Disable Auto Logout Internet Access Control C Allow management from the FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server TROS Server SSH Ser
53. ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Group Object Selections a Action Groups Categories Child Protection Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance Forn amp Sexually Ml Cabral Chastina LI News U Politics O Restaurants amp Dining O General image Sharing O Private IP Addresses Criminal Activity Illegal Drug Violence IM cay EdApprsatian Cl Non profits amp NGOs Real Estate Shopping CO Cults Network Errors Uncategorised Sites C e Dray Tek 219 Log Block Gambling Nudity Weapons IM Tactalece Personal Site
54. IP IKE Pre Shared Key Hisiaiad dois Digital Signature X 509 Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First iPsec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES M 3DES M AES 4 Gre over IPsec Settings 5 Continue to navigate to the TCP IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for remote side AIGA ESP WJ DES BJ SVES WH AES 4 Gre over IPsec Settings C Enable IPsec Dial Out function GRE over IPsec Fl Logical Traffic MyGreme PeerGREIP 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway I 0000 From first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 do C Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Remote Network Mask Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 6 Click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 55 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 7 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management to check the dial in connection status from branch office VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds V2920 172 16 2 145 VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol eo Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps UpTime 218 242 130 19 1927 168 1 0 24 343 3 291 3 0 13 58 Drop MMBEMMEER Data is encrypted AAAAAR AA Ud IST L EPIL YPL LELU 1 IPSec Tunnel VPM Server j DES SHAL Auth Config
55. Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type P 172 16 1 242 z ae 1 Active jae seer Any ANY ANY Dray Tek 63 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 7 Click Setup link for WAN2 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default i i Class Class Class LN Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction i Others Bandwidth nape 1 2 3 Control Statistics WAN Enable 101060 00Kbps 98180 00Kbps Outbound 30 50 15 5 Inactive Status WAN Enable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Both 25 25 25 255 Inactive Status WAN3 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Status Inactive Class Rule Index Service Type Class 1 Class 2 Edit Class 3 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 100000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 100000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 le HTTPS 25 jaw 25 h Others yo Limited_bandwidth Ratio Mo 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2
56. Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group None Close AE z Z a 3 a Tm to mT Li E HAHAHA EESE ESERE cas rn Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to block the file upload by way of web page File Extension Profile C
57. Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 178 Dray Te k 4 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user User Management gt gt General Setup General Setup Mode Rule Based Web Authentication HTTPS Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in user based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body stats l gt lt script language jJavascript gt window location http www draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rule B
58. Protocol b Source Port Hw Destination Port i jn 65535 Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Protocol Source Destination Port Type a name for this profile Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to e Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same 1t indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index gt je N gt Name incl WOWW i SIP 1 IE 195 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 6 6 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt Service Type Group Serice Type Group Table Set to F
59. Ro Ro j gt S fee foo J e fem e fee fro j gt oS js k k k k k k k a la l e R le ie ie m e p e e m Ie lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the object profile Dr ay Te k 197 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name tt y y Contents DLO ef Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile e g game Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 3 After finishing all the settings please click OK to sav
60. Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Index 1 15 Check this box to clear the sessions when the above schedule profiles are applied Clear sessions when schedule ON Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Direction Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 167 Source Destination IP Service Type Vigor2912 Series User s Guide LAN RTWPN WAN LAN RTAVPN gt WAN WAN gt LAN RTAVPN LAN RTIVPN gt LAN RT VPN Note RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other LAN Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges gt IP Address Edit Windows Internet Explorer Ei 192 168 1 1 IP Address Edit Address Type Any Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object or IP Object IPv6 Group or IPv6 Object or IPv6 Object or IPv6 Object To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address
61. Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 318 Dray Te k 4 13 5 Modem Support List Such page provides the information about the brand name and model name of the USB modems which are supported by Vigor router USB Application gt gt Modem Support List The following compatibility tests listed above Vigor router models with USB modems mobiles If it is confirmed as the latest and still does not work please contact support draytek com 3 56 Brand Module Status Aiko Ai ko 830 BandRich Bandluxe C170 BandRich Bandluxe C270 BandRich Bandluxe C321 BandRich Bandluxe C330 BandRich Bandluxe C502 Huawei Huawei E169u Huawei Huawei E220 Huawei Huawei E398 H Uawel Huawei K4605 Option Icon 225 Sony Ericsson Sony Ericsson MD300 Vodafone Vodafone K3765 2
62. WPS within 2 minutes LAN P4 P1 The port is connected Off The port is disconnected The data is transmitting WAN W2 W1 Internet connection is ready Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting VPN The VPN tunnel is active USB USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting Dray Tek 5 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WLAN l i j j ON OFF WPS P3 P4 Factory W2 P1 P2 Reset Interface Description PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer W1 W2 P1 Connecter for local network devices or modem for accessing Internet WAN W2 P1 P4 Connecters for local network devices LAN Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client ON OFF WPS device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 6 Dray Te k 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converte
63. a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 288 Dr ay Te k 4 11 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request Delete Click this button to delete selected name with certification information
64. address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 343 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 15 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5 Ca 192 168 1 0 static R RIP default private 255 255 255 0 directly connected LANI Diagnostics gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh Destination Interface Flags Metric Next Hop FEEO 64 LAN U 256 FFOO 6 LAN U 256 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 344 Dray Te k 4 15 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name Interface 192 188 1 5 00 50 7F CD O7 48 LANI 1927 168 1 49 E0 CB 4E DA 46 79 CARRIE OCTCB251 LANI Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table The
65. addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Use LAN Port Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet If it is enabled DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for the clients coming from P3 and or P4 Please check the box of P3 and P4 Use MAC Address Check such box to specify MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Add Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button to add Delete Click it to delete the selected MAC address Edit Click it to edit the selected MAC address Cancel Click it to cancel the job of adding deleting
66. as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 168 Dray Tek Dray Tek Fragments Filter gt Service Type Edit Windows Internet Explorer A 192 168 1 1 Service Type Edit Service Type User defined v Protocol TCP UDP Source Port 137 139 E i 65535 Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and availab
67. button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the Dray Tek 223 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment Check this box to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Specific Limitation Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the l
68. can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which 1s not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Select All Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table Sort Reorder the table based on the IP address Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 140 Dray Tek Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP table information Add or Update IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Comment Type a brief description for the entry Show Comment Check this box to display the comment on IP Bind List box IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Update It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click
69. choose a message profile The recipient will get the content stated in the message profile You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content of the SMS Type the schedule number that the SMS will be sent out You can click the Schedule 1 15 link to define the schedule After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Mail Server This page allows you to specify Mail Server profile who will get the notification e mail what the content is and when the message will be sent Application gt gt SMS Mail Alert Service SMS Provider Mansana Mail Server Set to Factory Default Recipient Notify Profile schedule 1 15 Available settings are explained as follows Item Index Mail Service Recipient Notify Dray Tek Description Check the box to enable such profile Use the drop down list to choose mail service provider You can click Mail Service link to define the mail server Type the e mail address of the one who will receive the notification message Use the drop down list to choose a message profile The recipient will get the content stated in the message profile You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content of the mail message 249 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Schedule Type the schedule number that the notification will be sent out You can click the Schedule 1 15 link to define the schedule After finishing all the settin
70. click the Enable radio button The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater 309 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2912 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Unch
71. enable the Filter Rule Block NetBies i Clear sessions when schedule OM Enabl 5 Oo Drection LEAMRTVPEN 2 WAN L uree iP Fury Edit O JE az hrunban TP Ean ki Fragments oK Clear Cancel Applicadon Filter Branch te Other Filler Seli Sessions Central MAC Birwd IF Quality of Serrlce Load Balance policy Uzer Monagenmeumi APP Enforcement URL C Filter Wieb Cantera Filur Advance Setting 173 Any Edit TCP UDP Port from 137 139 to any Dont Care 4ctlon Proflle Syslog Pass Immediately w o o 60000 CI Non Sinct 4 LJ Mone LI Auto Select o None ng L hene ha O Hone o Moma EJ Cea OK Clear Cancet Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense L Enable Port Scan detection L Block IP options L Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route L Block SYN fragment L Block Fraggle Attack Threshold so packets sec Timeout 10 sec Threshold 150 packets sec Timeout 10 sec Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho sec Thresh
72. figure shows the summary table The following figure shows the summary table according to the item All Trunk selected for View VPN and Remote Access gt gt LANto LAN i LAN to LAM Profiles Set to Factory Default View All Trunk Name Status Name Status 27 277 ee ee ee ee ek ek a ee ek ek Index 1 2 3 4 5 6 f 3 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 eee This Dial out profile has already joined for VPN Backup Mechanism eee This Dial out profile does not join for YPN TRUNK The following shows profiles joined into VPN Backup mechanism Dray Te k 271 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles View All Name Activate Members Status test Cathy Offline Jacky Offline Available settings are explained as follows Item Description View All Click it to display the LAN to LAN profiles Trunk Click it to display the Trunk profiles Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active V means the profile has been enabled X mans the profile has not been enabled Status Online means such LAN to LAN profile is in use Offline means such LAN to LAN profile isn t in use even if the profile has been enabled To edit each profile 1 Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following
73. for Pv4 tunnel with the value for prefix length LAN Routed Prefix Type the static Pv6 address for LAN routing with the value for prefix length Tunnel TTL Type the number for the data lifetime in tunnel After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Dray Te k 111 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6in4 Static Tunnel mode Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime Oday 0 4 16 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 4DD0 FF00 83E4 21D AAFF FE83 11684 64 Global FE80 21D AAFF FE83 11B4 64 Link TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes 80 1244 WAN1 IPv6 Status Enable Mode Up Time 6in4 Static Tunnel 0 04 07 Gateway IP 2001 4DD0 FF10 83E4 2131 64 Global FE80 COA8 651D 128 Link TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 3 26 211 2302 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Tek 4 1 3 12 Details Page for IPv6 6rd in WAN1 WAN2 This type allows you to setup 6rd for WAN interface WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type 6rd fa 6rd Settings 6rd Mode Auto 6rd Static 6rd Static 6rd Settings IPv4 Border Relay 192 168 101 111 IPv4 Mask Length 0 6rd Prefix 7001 E41 6rd Prefix Length 32 OK Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description 6rd Mode Auto 6rd Retrieve 6rd prefix automatically from 6rd service provider The IPv4 WAN must be set
74. forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 125 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup 4 2 2 1 Details Page for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup There are two configuration pages for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup based on IPv4 and IPv6 Setup Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for detailed information LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask LAN 11IPv6 Setup DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server 192 168 1 1 Relay Agent Qist Subnet 2nd Subnet 255 256 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable Start IP Address 192 168 1 100 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 5 00 2nd Subnet DHCP Server Lease Time 36400 s Advanced you can configure DHCP options here DNS Server IP Address Primary I
75. individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BPjM is the web content filter based on service operated in Germany We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BP M WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldvide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date 20 Web Content Filter fragFINN License Activation Agreement Date I have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCE package from retailing outlets Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter Commtouch Pleas
76. interface Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 347 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 15 7 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis IPV4 OIPV6 Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified Host IP_ v IP Address Run Ping to Gateway 1 Gateway 2 Gateway 3 Result Clear Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis OIPV4 IPV Ping 1Pv6 Address o O Run Result Clear Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IPV4 IPV6 Choose the interface for such function Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 348 Dray Te k Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 15 8 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data
77. keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt IPsec General Setup VPN IKE IPsec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method pre Shared Key PC Confirm Pre Shared Key PT IPsec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MiDES 3pES AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPsec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPsec and IPsec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 264 Dray Te k Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key Note Any packets from the remote dial in user which does not match the rule defined in VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial In User will be applied with the method specifi
78. objects that you have created will be shown in this box Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 3 After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 9 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Objects Setting gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Profile Name gt ie iS i gt Set to Factory Default Available settings are explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default Index Name Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Profile Name 5 6 7 B Description Clear all profiles Display the profile number that you can configure Display the name of the object profile 200 Dray Tek To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Profile column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name O O Categories File Extensions Image Select All E bmp Odib O aif Ojipeg O jpg Ojpg2 O jp2 C pet O pex C pic Ol pict Cl png O tif C tiff Video Select All L asf L avi L mov Li mpe CL mpeg L mpg LJ mp4 Clear All O at C rm O wmvy O 39p El 3gpp O 3gpp2 1 392 Audia Se
79. of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any time Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more service Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration 1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing admin admin as User Name Password Dr ay Tek Vigor2912 Series Login Copyright 2013 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved 2 Click Support Area gt gt Production Registration from the home page 3 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Usertlame james fae Auth Code ixxhdd Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Dont have a MyVYigor Account Y Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact aur customer service Customer Senmice 88613 597 2727 or Dray Tek 37 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor From this page please click Add or Product Registration DrayTek _ D About Us Product J My Information X Vigors SI er Vigor Series Q Management Product Registration wt Customer Survey My Information Wel
80. s Guide I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Dray Tek P Syslog Utility SSE ENEN CA oes a Tool Setup Telnet Read oniietun Godepage Informehoe Recovery Hetecak Infcumaben Hel Tike sirige To sebei Widows Verion 30 200 RECOMMEYTED CODEPAGE Seah A LARA Tineditkcosal Chis Bags r apa a Ae e Be ed a Ga aS Be et te aA a Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking For the sake of security you might want the router exec
81. s Guide ddns ipf portmaptime Srv wigbrg user 32 dos log ppa switch vlan nand ama internet msubnet qos testmail wan Dray Tek 2 5 2 Config Backup tH i a Config Backup There is one way to store current used settings quickly by clicking the Config Backup icon It allows you to backup current settings as a file Such configuration file can be restored by using System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Simply click the icon on the top of the main screen and a pop up dialog will appear o O e m 3 AdobeStockPhotos 3 Corel User Files BE Downloads i seo ARLES me Click Save to store the setting 2 5 3 Logout W E e Click the Logout icon to exit the web user interface Dray Tek 33 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 6 Online Status Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 6 1 Physical Connection Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status WAN connection status ADSL information and so on Physical Connection for IPv4 Protocol Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime Oday 0 29 52 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status Primary DNS 8 8 8 8 Secondary DNS 8 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 10806 522 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet aan 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Bytes TX Rate Bps RX Bytes RX Rate Bps 0 B 0 0 B 0 WAN 2 Status Enable L
82. status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Address Mapping Index No 1 C Enable Protocol WAN Interface WAN IP 1 172 16 3 130 4 Private IP Subnet Mask 32 ow Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dray Tek Description Check to enable this entry 155 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection WAN Interface Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile WAN IP This is the source IP of a packet captured on the WAN side and sent by a NAT host specified in the Private IP field The drop down menu contains WAN interface IPs and WAN IP alias IPs Private IP This is the source IP of a NAT host which wishes to send packets to the WAN side and have source address as configured in the WAN IP field Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 5 Port Triggering Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function The key difference between open port and port triggering is Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect open port keeps the ports opened forever Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect port triggering will only attempt to open the po
83. the remote server P host name e g 218 242 133 91 in this case Press the IKE Pre Shared Key button to set the PSK and select Medium AH or High ESP as the security method 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Username 77 O PPTP Password Oooo y IPsec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPsec Policy VJ Compression On Off Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPsec Security Method Medium AH High EsP 3DES with Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 5 Continue to navigate to the TCP IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for the remote side 4 Gre over IPsec Settings C Enable IPsec Dial Out function GRE over IPsec C Logical Traffic My GRE IP Ra Peer GRE IP Ps 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP Pag first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 172 17 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 197 168 19 LJ Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 6 Click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 57 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 7 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management to check the dial in connection status from head office
84. the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web user interface in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 Dray Tek 147 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Management IPv4 Management Setup IPv6 Management Setup Router Name fs Management Port Setup Oooo O O User Define Ports Default Ports Management Access Control Telnet Port Default C Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default FTP Server HTTPS Port Default e adii SSH Port Default Telnet Serwer SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List Subnet Mask Cc v 5 Ss 5 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 148 Dr ay Te k 4 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL
85. the user types 7 here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB storage disk Note When write protect status for the USB storage disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case 315 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder G tty 92 180 1 Soe ttpesertolder btm Microrofl Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Polar Folder Name Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a r 0 9 i e _ space Only characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 316 Dr ay Te k 4 13 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt File Explorer File Explorer r j Current Path Size Delete Rename Upload File Select a file ES Upload
86. through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Trace Host IP Address It indicates the IPv6 address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 15 11 Web Firewall Syslog Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen For Web Syslog This page displays the time and message for User Firewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference Diagnostics gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog E E Enable Web Syslog Export Refresh Clear Syslog Type User Display Mode Stop record when fulls Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed Export Click this link to save the data as a file Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Clear Click this link to clear information on this page Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose otop record when fulls ia Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is Dray Te k 353 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide full the syst
87. to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPsec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Network Mask Display the local network IP and mask for TCP IP configuration You can modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router 280 Dray Tek gt L AN to LAN Profile Windows Internet Explorer e 192 168 1 1 Profile Index 1 Remote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 2 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Te k 281 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup GRE over IPsec and Binding tunn
88. transmitting On Internet connection is ready Off Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting The VPN tunnel is active USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting 3 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Interface Description PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer W1 W2 P1 Connecter an ADSL or cable modem for accessing Internet WAN W2 P1 P4 Connecters for local network devices LAN Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 Dray Te k 1 2 2 For Vigor2912n WAN ACT WCF QoS WLAN P4 P2 PI W2 wi VPN USB LED SIGLI Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running normally Off The router is powered off WCF The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup The Web Content Filter is inactive Qos The QoS function is active WLAN Wireless access point is ready Blinking It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup
89. transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Schedule Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 297 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 12 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it The password PSK of default security mode is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WPA and WEP SID 1 SSID 2 SID 3 SSID 4 Mode WEP 802 1x Only WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA Pre Shared Keyi PSK Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOl1la2 or Ox655abed Encryption Mode 64 Bit Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 Note Please configure the RADIUS Server if 802 1x is used For 64 bit WEP key configurations please insert 5 ASCII characters or
90. type is available The user will be able to select the physical WAN interface the channel shall use here General Settings VLAN Tag Type the value as the VLAN ID number Valid settings are in the range from to 4095 The network traffic flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via their VLAN Tags Channels using the same WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag value Priority Choose the number to determine the packet priority for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Bridge mode Enable Click it to enable Bridge mode for such channel Physical Members Group the physical ports by checking the corresponding check box es for applying the bridge connection Moreover WAN link for Channel 5 6 and 7 are provided for router borne application such as TR 069 The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 118 Dray Tek please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 5 6 or 7 to configure your router WAN gt Multi VLAN gt gt Channel 5 Multi VLAN Channel 5 Enable Disable WAN Type General Settings VLAN Header VLAN Tag Priority Ethernet WANT Note Tag value must be set between 1 4095 and unique for each channel Only one channel can be untagged equal to 0 at a time Cl Open Port based Bridge Connection for this Channel Physical Members CPi P2 P3 Note P1 is reserved for NAT use
91. users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Dray Tek 217 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server Find more Setup Test Server Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 Default 5 2 6 3 t 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Default Message Cache L1 L2Cache body center br sbr brp gt Ihe requested Web page lt br gt from t5IPt lt br gt to URLI lt br gt that is categorized with CLt lt br gt has been blocked by RNAMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Legend SIPS Source IP DIP Destination IP URLS URL SCL Category SRANAME S Router Name Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You
92. wy Mw dA dAd d Ooo Oo lll al al rome amp d d da d Oo Oo oOo m N e N a N S m a N e N a N S Beklee 1 Tag based WLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has WLAN tagging function but regarded as joining WLAN group 3 The set VLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplicate 3 To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results Dray Tek 139 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address nn Index IP Address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 E0 CB 4E DA 48 79 Add or Update Mac Address 1 yo H eH OY Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Cl Show Comment Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which 1s not listed in IP Bind List also
93. 0 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 64 Dr ay Tek 10 Click Edit for Class 3 to open a new window In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for VPN Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name VPN C Tag packets as Default w NO Status Local Address Remote Address a Service Type CodePoint 1 Empty 11 Click Add to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ama iaae H ACT Ethernet Type IPv4 OIPv6 Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaint Service Type 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Dray Tek o Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 6 How to use Landing Page Feature Landing Page is a special feature configured under User Management It can specify the message content to be seen or specify which website to be accessed into when users try to access into the Internet by passing the authentication Here we take Vigor2912 series router as an example Example 1 Users can see the message for landing page after logging into Internet successfully 1 Open the web user interface of Vigor2912 2 Open User Management gt General Setup to get the following page In the field of Landing Page please type the words of Login Success Please note that the maxi
94. 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox Examples are AB312 or O0x4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key configurations please insert 13 ASCII characters or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 298 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek WPA WEP Disable wt Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 802 1x mode is selected Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1 X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1 X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be
95. 12 Series User s Guide ll Configuring the LAN Settings After finished the WAN settings for IPv6 please configure the LAN settings to make the router s client getting the Pv6 address 1 Access into the web user interface of Viogr2925 Open LAN gt gt General Setup Click the IPv6 button Note Only the subnet of LAN1 supports IPv6 feature LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 11PV6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable l Advertisement Lifetime 1800 Seconds Range 600 9000 DHCPv Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Start IPv6 Address 20011111 2222333301111 End IPv6 Address 2001 1111 2222 3333 2999 aii cues S eas EPDE E ae ea rere Primary ONS Server 2001 4860 4960 2888 Secondary ONS Server 2001 4860 4960 2844 Static IPv Address configuration IPve Address i Prefix Length Current IPv Address Table Index IPvi Address Prefix Length scope 1 FES0 21D 44FF FEAG 2560 64 Link 2 Inthe field of RADVD Configuration the default setting is Enable The client s PC will ask RADVD service for the Prefix of IPv6 address automatically and generate an Interface ID by itself to compose a full and unique IPv6 address 3 In the field of HCPv6 Server Configuration when DHCPV6 service is enabled you can assign available IPv6 address for the client manually Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Te k lll Confirming IPv6 Service Run
96. 123 456 777 789 legal 123 456 789 legal but 123 456 789 illegal Dray Tek 157 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Service Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Description Check to enable this entry Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger profile User Defined User Defined Real Player Quick Time BitTorrent Type the text to memorize the application of this rule Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for such triggering profile Type the port or port range for such triggering profile When the triggering packets received it is expected the incoming packets will use the selected protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the incoming data of such triggering profile Type the port or port range for the incoming packets After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 158 Dray Tek 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter ou
97. 14 13 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com System Maintenance gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLoq Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected auto selected WAN 1 WAN 2 WAN 3 Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Dray Tek 341 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter Syste
98. 28 Dray Tek 4 14 6 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration l 2 3 Dray Tek Go to System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Oooo ce Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Amy Documents g My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents RyS COM Lite 2 _MWwSnapsoo C TeleDanmark E 2 vzk _232_config_i My Documents g8 My Computer veke_250_config_1 My Network Save as type Configuration file we 329 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform wil
99. 32 Please click any index number link to open the following page User Management gt User Group Profile Index 1 Mame Available User Objects Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects 1 admin 2 oystem Reservation J LAN User Group 1 4 VVLAN User Group_A S VWLAN User Croup 6 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this user group Available User Objects You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user group All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice that user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on Dray Tek 185 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Ree are Click button to add the selected user objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 5 4 User Online Status This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt gt User Online Status Current Time 01 03 17 15 41 Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index Profile IP Address User Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 1 admin 192 168 1 49 admin 01 03 16 46 59 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Seconds Use the drop down
100. 6 A4107 ROMO DARM USO sstenan cassnctuatstanndeniceyeandebenvetusgctcabdi sa iedesentoaheterehen beau Da 268 4o S CANTO CAN csc eccenanutenseencuenseescuanasinnicantuanaebaac one yseeeaaduneseseueeye cndeedeansacuonaseeesarenanditeacne 271 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management ccccccccccsssececseeeeceesseecseaseeessegeeecsaseeeeeeeessaseeessaeees 282 4 10 10 Connection Management ccccccssssseccceeeecceeesseeeceeeeeseaeeeceeeessseueaaeeeeeeeesseaaaseeeeess 287 4 11 Certificate Management cccccccccceccessseeeeceeeeeeeeeesceeeeeesseeeeseeeeeeeesseeaseeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeessaas 288 4 11 1 Local Certificate nasrini EEE GE E E 289 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate cc ccccccccccccccsssseeceeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseaeeassseeeeesseasseeeeesesssaeaseeeeeees 292 4 11 3 Certificate BACKUD ccccccessceecceeeeeeeeesseeceeeeeseeeeeseceeeeesseaseeeeeeesseaeaaeeeeeeeesaaaaseeeees 293 4 12 Wireless LAN cesccsccess aces actentetecanG sescapmsaeecsecbenane rE EEA E A R EESE EE e EA TERE 294 4 12 1 Basic Concepts siccacecccctessessinnescnncasioestientendeusaesasaxwcemicagyasougaston casesdtenttonnoeteoualeeneseateeeioass 294 4 122 General SOU ireren iaia a i n aa 296 a A AS o E E A A A E E EI A A EE E E E TE 298 4 12 4 Access COMI sissssiesewadeinaxdieatencstvadanoesdtonstpcuwen oieesdanetdocedaanimaenigetdocsdeesuuesncdbsoaeVenmiendeceauaeds 300 AS ao ee eS E eee eee ee ee ees 301 aT eA a DS ee ee eee eee a E E E 304 4 12 7 Advanced Se
101. 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 Dray Tek 225 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management
102. AN gt gt Internet Access Choose one of the WAN interfaces as the one supporting IPv6 service Then click the IPv6 button of the selected WAN WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode Note Only one WAN can support IPv6 Dray Tek 41 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Note Only one WAN interface support IPv6 service at one time In this example WAN2 is chosen as the one supporting IPv6 service 2 Inthe following figure use the drop down list to choose a proper connection type WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type OK Static Pv6 Different connection types will bring out different configuration page Refer to the following PPP Dual Stack application IPv4 and IPv6 services can be utilized at the same time Choose PPP and type the information for PPPoE of IPv4 WAN gt gt Internet Access Static or Dynamic IP PPTPIL2TP IPv6 O Disable PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP Access Setup idle Timeout second s Username forbebso hinetnet IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password WAN IP Alias Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP JL b ILo Fixed IP Address WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address ARP Detect Moe Specify a MAC Address Ping IP MAC Address 00 1D aa Has B7 6a TTL MTU 1442 Max 1492 Access int
103. AN2 WANS V USB o 0 Always On Note The line speed setting of WAN interface is available only when According to Line Speed is selected as the Load Balance Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Dray Tek 91 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Index Enable Physical Mode Type Line Speed Active Mode Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup device Note In default each WAN port is enabled After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings WAN1 WAN2 with Ethernet WANI WAN2 is fixed with physical mode of Ethernet WAN gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed Kbps DownLink UpLink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority Active Mode Backup Type Only if acting as backup for mu
104. Administration Message You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Dray Tek 213 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass w Log 1 URL Access Control Cl Enable URL Access Control Cl Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections i 2 Web Feature C Enable Restrict Web Feature Action L cookie LIProxy Upload File Extension Profile Clear Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 15 characters Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below
105. Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain The Wildcard and Backup MX Mail Exchange features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites 236 Dray Tek Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name please type the name in this area Such mail server will be used as backup mail exchange Determine Real If a Vigor router is installed behind any NAT router you WAN IP can enable such function to locate the real WAN IP When the WAN IP used by Vigor router is private IP this function can detect the public IP used by the NAT router and use the detected IP address for DDNS update There are two methods offered for you to choose Internet iP WAN IP Internet IP WAN IP If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor router is private DDNS update will take place right away Internet IP If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor router is private it will be converted to public IP before DDNS update takes place 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In th
106. D l 1952 168 1 10 EO CB 4E DA 48 7T9 70 23 20 carrie Ocicb251 192 168 1 1 00 1D AA AS BYT DE Diagnostics gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCPY6 server binding client Index IEFEv Address MAC Address Leased Time Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 346 Dray Te k 4 15 6 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port Pseudo Port 192 10Geiei1 2431 24 939 93 189 192 160 1 11 2493 20T 46 25 2 192 1656 1 10 3079 207 46 5 10 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different
107. D stateless and the other is DHCPv6 Server Stateful Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 130 Dray Tek Item Description RADVD Configuration Enable Click it to enable RADVD server The router advertisement daemon radvd sends Router Advertisement messages specified by RFC 2461 to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message These messages are required for IPv6 stateless auto configuration Disable Click it to disable RADVD server Advertisement Lifetime The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds It s used to control the lifetime of the prefix The maximum value corresponds to 18 2 hours A lifetime of O indicates that the router is not a default router and should not appear on the default router list DHCPv6 Server Enable Server Click it to enable DHCPV6 server Configuration DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the Start End IPv6 address configuration Disable Server Click it to disable DHCPvV6 server Start IPv6 Address End IPv6 Address Type the start and end address for IPv6 server DNS Server IPv6 Address Primary DNS Sever Type the IPv6 address for Primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Type another IPv6 address for DNS server if required Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Address Type static IPv6 address for LAN configuration Prefix Length Type the fixed
108. Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web user interface of the router might not be accessed When you finish the configuration click OK to save the settings Dray Te k 141 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface LAN gt gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror Enable Disable Mirror port P1 OPp2 Op3 OPp4 Mirrored port pi MP2 Mp3 O P4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Port Mirror Check Enable to activate
109. Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS sili ge Station J Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code Dray Tek 301 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide On the side of Vigor 2912 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed
110. Direction Others Bandwidth _ 1 2 3 ae Statistics Control WAN Disable 101060 00Kbps 98180 00Kbps 25 255 255 259 Inactive Status WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 275 25 Inactive Status sete WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 VoIP Edit Class 2 IPTV Edit Edit Class 3 Data Email dit In the Setup page check the box of Enable the QoS Control Type 30 50 and 15 in the boxes for VoIP IPTV and Data Email respectively Check the box of Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class Name Class 1 VoIP Class 2 IPTV Class 3 Data Email Others C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio o C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Click OK to save the settings The class rules for WAN1 are defined as shown below Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class UDP Online Index Status Bandwidth Directio Others Bandwidth ae 2 3 Goitia Statistics WAN1 Enable 101060 00Kbps 98180 00Kbps Outbound 50 w Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN3 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type 61 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 5 QoS Setting
111. Drop PPP Enable Gateway IP FESO 90 1400 242 A052 2001 8000 168 1 2001 8000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets y q Dray Tek 43 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide TSPC Tunnel application both IPv6 hosts communicate through IPv4 network Choose TSPC and type the information for TSPC service Note While using such mode you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is normal In the following figure the TSPC information is obtained from http gogo6 com after applied for the service WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPvG Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC ka TSPC Configuration Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status System Uptime 0 2 3 Physical Connection LAN Status IP Address 2001 500 1502 000 210 44FF FE46 2568 64 Global BUS L FEAD o b TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes o8 eal 15596 10249 WAN IPv Status Enable Up Time 0 01 40 Gateway IP 2001 500 1400 8 10B89 128 Global zji TIETE TX Packets RX Packets RX Bytes TEs og 15566 44 Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Dray Tek AICCU Tunnel application Choose AICCU and type the information for AICCU of IPv6 Note While using such mode you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection
112. EEE EEE 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal t My Network Places Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mp3 7 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Service IP Address Port Username FTF 192 168 1 10 1963 useri Now users in LAN of Vigor2912 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Tek 53 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 3 How to Build a LAN to LAN VPN Between Remote Office and Headquarter via IPsec Tunnel Main Mode IPSec Tunnel a ey TH fa gt a Head Office Branch Office WAN 218 242 133 91 WAN ZI8 242 130 19 172 17 1 0 24 192 168 1 0 24 Internet Configuration on Vigor Router for Head Office 1 Log into the web user interface of Vigor router 2 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN to create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN 7 LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default View All Trunk Index Name E Active Status Index Name Active Status 1 2
113. Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or V PN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default 7 i Class Class Class al Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction ma Others Bandwidth oe 1 2 3 Statistics Control WAN1 Disable 101060 00Kbps 98180 00Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANZ2 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 2 3 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control IN WAN R th BOTH WAN Outbo premere eny idth 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the Qo5 Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 100000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 100000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Note The rate of outbound inb
114. Examples of Welcome Message and Bulletin lt hi gt lt b gt lt font color red gt Welcome Message lt font gt lt b gt lt h1i gt lt p gt Message lt p gt Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Description Enable Check this box to enable the login customization function Login Page Title Type a brief description e g Welcome to DrayTek which will be shown on the heading of the login dialog Welcome Message and Type words or sentences here It will be displayed for Bulletin bulletin message In addition it can be displayed on the login dialog at the bottom Note that do not type URL redirect link here Preview Click it to display the preview of the login window based on the settings on this web page Set to Factory Default Click to return to the factory default setting 327 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Below shows an example of login customization with the information typed in Login Description and Bulletin Yigor Login Page Windows Internet Explorer E http 192 168 1 Lveblogin him Just for Carrie Username Password Group Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek Welcome Message This welcome message is displayed in the Login page of the router Replace this text with your own message 1 The welcome message can be written in HTML so lists such as this one can be created 2 Other markup tags such as p font or img can be used Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3
115. Fiter Set gt Edit Fiter Rule Check to enable the Filter Fule OMMencs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter 7 O Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 6 A dialog box will be popped up Choose Range Address as Address Type by using the drop down list Type 192 168 1 10 in the field of Start IP and type 192 168 1 20 in the field of End IP Then click OK to save the settings The computers within the range can access into the Internet IP Address Edit Address Type Range Address w Start IP Address 197 168 1 10 End IP Address 1927 168 1 20 Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object or IP Object IPvo Group or IPv Object or IPv Object or IPv Object 7 Now check the content of Source IP is correct or not The action for Filter shall be set with Pass Immediately Then click OK to save the settings Firewall gt gt Edit Fiter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Fitter Set 2 Rule 3 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments open_ip Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule ON LJ Enable Direction LANVRTAPRH WAN s Source IP 192 168 1 10192 168 1 20 oo Fragments Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Fass Immediately vw C Branch to Other Filter Set Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 80 Dray
116. G to the IP Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Type of Server I am calling PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPsec Tunnel Build an IPsec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPsec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec Select from below None Do not apply the IPsec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPsec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the name is limited to 49 characters Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the password is limited to 15 characters PPP Authentication This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility VJ compression This field is applicable whe
117. GENERATE Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window Type in all the information that the window request such as certifcate name used for identifying different certificate subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name Then click GENERATE again Dray Tek 289 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address w Subject Name Country C 7 state ST SCS Organization Unit OU Po Email E SSS Key Type Key Size Generate Note Please be noted that Common Name must be configured with rotuer s WAN IP or domain name After clicking GENERATE the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt Local Certificate 4509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HS L Houko O DT OU Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X 509 Local Certificate Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MITBoTCCAQ0CAQAWYTIELMAKGAIDEBRAMCVFcxCzaJBoNVBAgTAKhTMO4wDAYDYOOH EwVIb3SVrbzELMAkGAIUECHMCRFOxsD AMBoGNVEASTBURUIENPMRowFoYDVQQDEWS3 d3csZHJhexRlay5 b20wgZiwDOyYJKRoZz IhvycNAGCEBBOADGYOAMIGJAOGBRAMMibnB2Z uuY 2 Jt CFredoNrt 7 yoo ZbDNGoeDmxnvi rOgF ekwoshkLquudbf iViwxnvarZ TFUXHWFOOQP 20Jad4p7kBJ UYUciDihBuGl1 zHRajoqmS2lgdrpmiaAgnil1l030EmKH 1nSBWDOJ4T yPH8 PyYEBMRuOLDD kee Fin
118. Internet Explorer Certificate Signing Request Information Name Local lt script gt reorder subject Issuer i T lt script gt ahit lt script gt recorder subject TE C IW ST H5 L Houko 0 DT 0U DT Subject Alternative Name Valid From Valid To Note You have to copy the certificate request information from above window Next access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request copy the information into it and submit a request A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server You can save it Delete Click this button to remove the selected certificate Dray Te k 291 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt Trusted CA Certificate X309 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA View Delete Trusted CA 3 View IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file a Click Import to upload the certification For viewing eac
119. Key LJ Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Tek 259 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide When you check IPsec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Mame IPsec LETP over IPsec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Peer IPVPH Client IP Peer ID Site to Site Information Remote Network IP 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters User Name This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the name is limited to 11 characters Password This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the name is limited to 11 characters Pre Shared Key For IPsec L2TP IPsec authentication you have to type a pre shared key The length of the name is limited to 64 characters Confirm Pre Shared Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Key Digital S
120. LAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range 1s from 0 to 7 Active Mode Choose Always On to make the WAN2 connection being activated always Backup Type If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup Type will appear Please specify which WAN will be treated as the Backup WAN Active Mode Load Balance WAN 1 LI wan 2O WAN 3 Backup Type Only if acting as backup for When any of selected WAN disconnect multiple WAM Owhen all of selected WAN disconnect When any of selected WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all of selected WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect Load Balance Check this box to enable auto load balance function for such WAN interface When the data traffic is large the WAN interface with the function enabled will balance the data transmission automatically among all of the WAN interfaces in connection status After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Dr ay Tek 93 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WANS with USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface WAN gt General Setup WAN 3 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Line Speed Kbps DownLink UpLink Active Mode Back
121. M Cara Dray Tek i Vigor2912 Series User s Guide The items categorized under P2P CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name O IMI P2P Protocol OTHERS Protocol Applications O SoulSeek SoulSeek O eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza O FastTrack Kaza BearShare iMesh O openFt KCeasy FilePipe DO Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy ClopenNap Lopster XNap WinLop CO BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet Other P2P Applications O xunlei Cvagaa CO FF3265 O roca O Clubbox O Ares DlezPeer O fando O Huntmine 0O Kuvo The items categorized under OTHERS CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name cs IM P2P Protocol OTHERS Tunneling O Secks4 5 C PGPNet O HTTF Proxy O Tor C WNN O SoftEther O MS TEREDO O Wujie UltraSurf O Hamachi O HTTF Tunnel C Ping Tunnel C Tinyw PN O RealTunnel O DynaPass O ultraven O Freen O Skyfire Cl Hotspot Shield Streaming O mms O RTSP El TvAnts O PeStream O peTw O FeiDian O uusSee O NSPlayer O PCAST O TV Koc O SopCast O UpLivex O Tvu Player O MySee O Joost O FlashVideo O SilverLight O Slingbox O ovon Remote Control O wnc O Radmin O SpyAnywhere O ShowMyec C LogMeIn O TeamViewer O Gogrok O RemoteControlPro O CrossLoop O WindowsRDP O pcAnywhere O Timbuktu O WindowsLiveSyne O Sharedview Web HD O HTTF Upload O HiNet SafeBox O mS SkyDrive O GDoc Uploader O ADrive O MyOtherDrive O Mozy CO BoxNet O OfficeLive O Dropbox
122. N fe g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Tek 253 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide When you choose L2TP over IPsec Nice to Have or L2TP over IPsec Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPsec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Qut Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPsec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask VPN 2 WAN First i 0 0 0 0 77 Come Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters VPN Dial Out Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface Through for this profile WANT First WAN1 Only WAN First WAN2 Only WAN1 Only WAN2 Only WANG First WAN Only WANT First This setting is useful for dial out only Backup WAN Backup WAN WANI First WAN2 First WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1I WAN2 WANS3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI WA
123. N2 WANS3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only WAN2 Only WAN 3 Only While connecting the Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 254 router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 as Dray Tek Always On Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature X 509 IPsec Security Method User Name Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask the only channel for VPN connection WANI Only Backup WAN2 WAN2 Only Backup WAN I While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection If WANI WAN2 fails the router will use backup WAN 2 backup WANI interface instead Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Type the IP address of the server or type the host name for such VPN profile IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and Psec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPsec and IPsec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Local Certificate Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certif
124. New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Te k Dray Tek F Syslog Uility FA ry 132 108 1 1 ge ReRate Bot Bubs talslalesialsdo me Na Tool Setup Telnet Remd oel Zeta Codejage Information Recovery Hetecak Infcomabon Hel Sine Colegi To Selec Widows Veruca 301 200 RECOMENDED CODEF AGE A DASA Tiditcosal h
125. Open User Management gt User Profile and click one of the index number e g index number 3 links User Management gt User Profile User Profile Table Profile Name admin Dial In User gt ES gt 3 In the following page check the box of Landing page and click OK to save the settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 68 Dray Te k User Management gt User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password O Idle Timeout min s 0 Unlimited Max User Login O Unlimited External Server Authentication Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Web Alert Tool Telnet Landing Page Enable Time Quota mints Refresh more mings Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup E O E 4 Open any browser e g FireFox Internet Explorer The logging page will appear and asks for username and password Please type the correct username and password Username Password eserved Dray Tek 5 Click Login If the logging is successful you will be directed into the website of www draytek com p A ee te SY A ae A j DDryTek Com Headgtarter EVA 4i AR EON Ab J y C f www draytek com user ndex php Lang n US DrayTek Group O MESH O BRE D Ti k New Homepage MyVigor Login Global English iy Search r y e About DrayTek Products Support Solutions Contact Us What s New gt DrayTek Milestone Development for Reliable IP based Network gt gt more
126. P Address Secondary IP Address C Force router to use address for DNS Available settings are explained as follows Item LAN IP Network Configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description For NAT Usage 1 IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 2 4 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet 126 Dray Tek Dray Tek Router Web Configurator WHATS Pet Forex 192 168 1 1 doc i ubdhi p him 4 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts 0 max 32 O Use LAN Port P3 P4 Use MAC Address Index Matched MAC Address Given IP Address wee EEEE Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP
127. Protocol Public Port Private IP Status Interface 1 All x 2 All x 2 All x 4 All x 5 All X 6 All x F All x a All x 9 All 10 All x lt lt 1 10 11 20 Next Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the number of the profile Service Name Display the description of the specific network service WAN Interface Display the WAN IP address used by the profile Protocol Display the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the Service Status Display if the profile is enabled v or not x Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WARN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 146 Dray Te k Item Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Description Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Rang
128. S4 2DBC O4 Link User Mode js OFF now Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 320 Dray Te k Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway IP v6 Address Display the IPv6 address for LAN Scope Display the scope of IPv6 address For example IPv6 Link Local could only be used for direct IPv6 link It can t be used for IPv6 internet Internet Access Mode Display the connection mode chosen for accessing into Internet Dr ay Te k 321 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Co
129. SP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 22 22 45 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status Primary DNS 8 8 8 8 Secondary DNS 8 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 0 41533 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Force router to use address for DNS Force Vigor router to use DNS servers configured in LAN1I LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Advanced DHCP packets can be processed by adding option number and data information when such function is enabled LAN gt gt General Setup DHCP Options Status Enable Disable Options List Index Option Number ASCII Hex Data Option Number DataType ASCII O Hex Example of Hex Data Type Input Format Oxff 0x00 OxcO Oxas Data Note Maximum number of custom DHCP o
130. Service Type ODJECU ccccccccecesseccceeceeeeesseeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessaeeaeceeeeesssueaaeeeeeeeesssaaeseeeees 194 BOO CIVICS TPE CGO aac ceca ee cae cnc esac E E cos aenane aes 196 aS al C o 0 6 16 Geen nen eee eee enn E een en ee ee 197 IN Mog p o RELO S eee teen ere en ee eee ee eee eee eee ete 199 AO PIG EXET O OO Cs acces desecrate ceca terete sede aes tacts semen sucess senses sence E O 200 4 6 10 SMS Mall Service ODOC I ira siscsiocizs ser crete nents concn auaecstrncindee a a tadbaccacncenias 202 Be Ml INO GEL ARLEN IDEE Meese sacar oe cing erect ce nara area as a E cence 207 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide viii Dray Tek 4 7 CSM Profile ous siro mater dncasion aesnere ca ncdmanafensaanesuateacaniesatdocsatenisrne anus tagandieaheueses docadlansuaniteueuhahaneeainoieataeays 209 4 7 AAP Entorcement Profilo sesssiccaiiniscezaciscsscis isin aiana i a aia aa aa iE 210 A722 URE C onent Filer Prolile is inssnexcsonatasnsieeendaenmuaaniohelsenasaintondusuinathamiasn a E 212 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Prone sssaisogrisnenaee a E a a aE 217 4G Bnawidih MANAGEMENT sessar 221 AG SSS ONS LIT ea E E 221 2 BNW E eera E E E 223 4 8 3 Quality of ServiCO vi iarctnstevcny cesap a ceiunceue stan inanteraeemestane auaeaantesenney ae NEOINEAN inia 225 AS ADPIIGATIONS wesnds sverisssdavnaasnenad ands vu deeardaderernsuaitbnsins ornde wanted DEANE anA EE eE aN Arni a Ei 234 OVID AIAG DNS piece ces decietectsitctennat 0ecean este coeds E
131. Setting gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name e J Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space Contents You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 2 virus keep 20o0ut Result 1 backdoor 2 wirus 3 keep out 3 Open CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Click an index number to open the setting page 4 Configure the settings as the following figure Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 84 Dray Te k CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Priority Either URL Access Control First Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections 2 Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action L cookie LJProxy Clupload File Extension Profile 5 When you finished the above steps click OK Then open Firewall gt gt General Setup 6 Click the Default Rule tab Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in the field of URL Content Filter Now users cannot open any web page with the word facebook inside Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Pass El Sessions Control 0 60000 L Quality of Service None E Load Balance policy Auto Select v O
132. Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright Ira Tol ara a Wireless LAN J 4 ON OFFIWPS ACT WANI QoS ila WAN2 WCF USB 2 _ Factory Reset WLAN VPN DMZ USB 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Te k 357 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then c
133. Successfully 1 Make sure you have get the correct Pv6 IP address Get into MS DOS interface and type the command of ipconfig Refer to the following figure Ey C AWINDO WSisystem32 cmd exe Jol x settings Owner gt ipconfig C Documents and Ethernet adapter Test Line 5 Connection specific DNS Suffix Feirer eee SR SBS BSE Sees aa STE feet MASE a oes te abate ate ats ane ats at Bet BetaulicGakeway 2b ee ee ee Ethernet adapter Draylek Virtual Interface NAGE R POE on ge ee RE RB EG From the above figure we can see IPv6 IP address has been captured by the system 2 Use the Ping command to ping any IPv6 address indicating an IPv6 website For example www kame net is a website supporting IPv4 IP and IPv6 IP services Its IPv6 address is seen with a format of 2001 200 dff 1ff1 216 3eff feb 1 44d7 GY C AWINDO WS isystem32 cmd exe jol x y from 2001 2090 Jeff febl 44d from 2001 200 sSeff febl 44d 32 Te from 2001 200 febl 44d time WLS y from 2001 200 febl 44d7 time 617me Ping g fl6 3eff febl 44d Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost 0 0 logs Approximate round trip times in milli secends Minimum 61 me Maximum 743me Average 652me After getting the above message it means the IPv6 service has been activated successfully 49 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Connect to the website for IPv6 Open a web browser and type an URL of IPv6 e g www kame net If your compute
134. Te k 8 Both filter rules have been created Click OK Firewall gt gt Fitter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 2 Comments Default Data Filter Filter Rule Comments Move Up Move Down MetBios gt DNS Down black all Down open_ip Down Down Down Down Next Filter Set 9 Now all the settings are configured well Only the computers with the IP addresses within 192 168 1 10 192 168 1 20 can access to Internet Dray Tek 81 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 9 How to Block Facebook Service Accessed by the Users via Web Content Filter URL Content Filter There are two ways to block the facebook service Web Content Filter and URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Benefits Easily and quickly implement the category website that you want to block Note License is required URL Content Filter Benefits Free flexible for customize webpage Note Manual setting e g one keyword for one website I Via Web Content Filter l Make sure the Web Content Filter powered by Commtouch license is valid CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2012 12 31 Expire Date 2013 01 08 Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name q Default 5 2 6 3 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters
135. Tek Item FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Description Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk The length of the name is limited to 11 characters Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk The length of the password is limited to 11 characters Type the password again to make confirmation It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if
136. VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Assign Static IP Address Please type a static IP address for the subnet you specified User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the name password is limited to 23 characters Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the name password is limited to 19 characters Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPsec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the requ
137. W Firewall Log W VPN Log W User Access Log WAN Log W Router DSL information AlertLog Setup Enable AlertLog Port 514 Note 1 Mail Syslog cannot be activated unless USB Disk is ticked for Syslog Save to Username Asukalime Password sasaeeeees Enable E Mail Alert W DoS Attack W IM P2P W VPN LOG 2 Mail Syslog feature sends a Syslog file when its size reaches 1M Bytes 3 We only support secured SMTP connection on port 465 eK Clear Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item SysLog Access Setup Description Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server USB Disk Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage disk Router Name Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name Server IP Address The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Mail Syslog Check the box to recode the mail event on Syslog Enable syslog message Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog 331 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide AlertLog Setup Check Enable to activate f
138. a alee alfa bal WAN2 Disconnected O0 1D 44 84 2D BE WAN3 Disconnected O0 1D 44 84 2D BF Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 21D 44FF FE84 2DBC 64 Link Settings to be configured in User Mode will be less than settings in Admin Mode Only basic configuration settings will be available in User Mode Note Setting in User Mode can be configured as same as in Admin Mode Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Tek 4 14 5 Login Page Greeting When you want to access into the web user interface of Vigor router the system will ask you to offer username and password first At that moment the background of the web page is blank and no heading will be displayed on the Login window This page allows you to specify login URL and the heading on the Login window if you have such requirement System Maintenance gt Login Page Greeting Login Page Greeting C Enable Login Page Title Router Login 31 char max Welcome Message and Bulletin Max 511 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt hi gt lt b gt lt font color red gt Welcome Message lt font gt lt b gt lt hi gt lt p gt This welcome message is displayed in the Login page of the router Replace this text With your own message lt p gt lt ol gt lt 1li gt The welcome message can be written in HTML so lists such as this one can be created lt 1i gt lt 1i gt 0ther markup tags such as p font or img can be used lt 1i gt lt ol gt
139. a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services UserName Mary Auth Code T helC T4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Dont have a My Vigor Account Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer se mice Customer Senmice 886 3 597 2727 ar Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 77 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 8 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet We can specify certain computers e g 192 168 1 10 192 168 1 20 accessing to Internet through Vigor router Others e g 192 168 1 31 and 192 168 1 32 outside the range can get the source from LAN only Internet a 1 1 i eS i I PC PC Ct 192 168 1 10 192 168 1 20 i i 4 t The way we can use is to set two rules under Firewall For Rule 1 of Set 2 under Firewall gt gt Filter Setup is used as the default setting we has to create a new rule starting from Filter Rule 2 of Set 2 1 Access into the web user interface of Vigor router 2 Open Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Click the Set 2 link and choose the Filter Rule 2 button Firewall gt Fitter Setup Fitter Setup Setto Factory Default Comments Comments Defa
140. actory Default Group Name Group Name 2 18 as 19 4 20 Z 7 6 22 B 24 9 25 11 27 12 28 14 30 15 3 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the group profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Group column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 196 Dray Te k Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Available Service All the available service objects that you have added on Type Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 3 After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 7 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Index Name Index Name 17 io Joo foo eo RO Po Po eo JRO Bo BO Bo
141. agram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function 175 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Block Unassigned Numbers Warning Messages Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broad
142. ail E After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 267 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPsec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPsec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User ww Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Status Status d d LI d d d LI L d d d d d d d d m S s S S S ee S S S S ol ol ol ol ol FeEECBREEEBerPrFe ree eee Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active Check the box to enable the selected profile Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V
143. ailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Dray Te k 261 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP VPN Service Note If you intend running a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP P
144. ailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 166 Dray Tek Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block NetBios Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule ON C Enable Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting LAN RT AVPN gt WAN v Any Edit Any Edit Edit TCP UDP Port from 137 139 to any Action Profile Syslog Pass lf No Further Match m None 0 Non Strict None Auto Select None None None 4 mN 4 None Edit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Check to enable the Filter Check this box to enable the filter rule
145. al certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 266 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPsec Peer Identity Profile Index 4 Profile Name eee Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name Country C State ST as Location L Po Orginization 0 Po Orginization Unit OU Po Common Name CN Po email E CSS Clear Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type the name of the profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 32 characters Enable this account Check it to enable such account profile Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to Alternative Name accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Em
146. all of selected WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 94 Dray Tek Load Balance Check this box to enable auto load balance function for such WAN interface When the data traffic is large the WAN interface with the function enabled will balance the data transmission automatically among all of the WAN interfaces in connection status After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings 4 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WANI Ethernet WA 2 Ethernet WANS LISB Note Only one WAN can support IPv Advanced You can configure DHCP client options here Access Mode Static or Dynamic IP a PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTPIL2TP Details Page WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IF w Details Page WARD Ethernet WANS ISB Mone Note Only one WAN can support IP 6 None 36 46 USB Moderm PPP mode Advanced You can configure DHCP client options here Available settings are explained as foll
147. ample Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Eigse PASE Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 7 3 RC5 Firmware Upgrade Procedures o Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP chent software Check that the firmware filename is correct o Click Upgrade an the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware Choose the right firmware by clicking Browse Then click Upgrade The system will upgrade the firmware of the router automatically Or click OK The following screen will appear Then execute the firmware upgrade utility System Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade A TFP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 340 Dray Te k 4
148. an edit Name Display the name of the class Rule Allow to configure detailed settings for the selected Class Service Type Allow to configure detailed settings for the 226 Dray Tek Item Description service type Enable the First Priority When this feature is enabled the VoIP SIP UDP packets will for VoIP SIP RTP be sent with highest priority SIP UDP Port Seta port number used for SIP This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This feature is available only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN Online Statistics k afres h Interva 5 wt secon ds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 DUT VoIP a D z OUT 20 0 3 OUT 25 o 4 OUT 25 OUT Others 2550 D Outbound Status VoIP Others General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The f
149. ance Hags aa Dan e OM Da iD al ad Ce CO CS CD Oe ea ie i Oe Pa Oe Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 165 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments 1 Default Call Filter i 2 Default Data Filter a J 9 4 10 2 11 6 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down O UP Down O UP Down 4 O UP Down O UP Down 6 O UP Down O UP Next Filter Set Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the det
150. and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 268 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index Ho 1 User account and Authentication Username 999 L e this account Password Max 19 char ss Idle Timeout haia ae C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Allowed Dial In Type ae PPTP secret o O IPsec Tunnel IKE Authentication Method L2TP with IPsec Policy Pre Shared Key L Specify Remote Node aah Remote Client IP tS F Digital Signature x 509 or Peer 10 OOOO O Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPsec Security Method Multicast via VPN OPass Block Medium AH for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc High ESP DES 4 3DES AES COl Assign Static IP Address Local ID optional fo Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User account and Enable this account Check the box to enable this Authentication function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote d
151. and cannot be configured for bridge mode Cl Open WAN Interface for this Channel WAN Application WAN Setup Static or Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username Password PPP Authentication Always On Idle Timeout IP Address From ISP Fixed IP Yes Fixed IP Address 1 second s No Dynamic IP WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically vigor dS oo Required for some ISPs Router Name Domain Name Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address lessa O Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Multi VLAN Channel 5 6 7 WAN Type Description Enable Click it to enable the configuration of this channel Disable Click it to disable the configuration of this channel The connections and interfaces created in every channel may select a specific WAN type to be built upon In the Multi VLAN application only the Ethernet WAN type is available The user will be able to select the physical WAN interface the channel shall use here 119 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WAN Type Ethernet VWAN2 General Setting General Settings VLAN Tag Type the value as the VLAN ID number Valid settings are in the range from 1 to 4095 The network traffic flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via their VLAN Tags Channels using the sam
152. anged the Username for logging to the web user interface is still admin Dray Tek 15 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 3 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters Old Password New Password Confirm Password On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use If Ethernet interface is used please choose WAN1 WAN2 if 3G USB modem is used please choose WANS Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard WAH Interface WAN Interface WANT Display Name tt y Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation WAN WAN2 and WAN3 will bring up different configuration page Refer to the following for detailed information Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 16 Dray Tek 2 3 1 For WAN1 WAN2 Ethernet WANI WAN2 is dedicated to physical mode in Ethernet If you choose WAN1 WAN2 please specify physical type Then click Next Quick Start Wizard WEAN Interface WAN Interface Display Name Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation lt Back _Net gt J On the next page as shown below please sel
153. ar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Dray Tek 361 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Syslog Utility ee Sia z WAN Information i Ss TX Rate RX Rate i x Log Filter LAN Information Keyword Ooo MO Tx Packets RX Packets WAN IP Gateway IP Apply to All v Firewall VPN User Access Connection WAN IPPBX Others Show Syslog List Show Traffic Graph C Pause System Time Router Time Host Message 2013 08 27 15 11 09 Aug 27 07 10 53 vigor router statistic Session Usage 123 5 min average 2013 08 27 15 11 09 Aug 27 07 10 53 vigor router statistic WAN1 Tx 81 Kbps Rx 12 Kbps 5 min average 2013 08 27 15 10 07 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Host Controller Driver OTG 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 Vigor router USB Endpoint ddress 82 in Attributes 02 Bulk 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USBJEndpointAddress 01 out Attributes 02 Bulk 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 Yigor router USB Mass Storage device class 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Interface Class SubClass Protocol 08 06 50 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Interface 0 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 Vigor router USB Per interface classes 2013 08 27 15 10 06 ug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB Device Class SubClass Protocol 00 00 00 2013 08 27 15 10 06 Aug 27 07 09 51 vigor router USB SerialNumber 3 ED96E018 2013 08 27 15 10
154. ard the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Dray Tek 123 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address I E e E Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 _ SS E A Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 124 Dray Tek
155. as DHCP Static 6rd Set 6rd options manually IPv4 Border Relay Type the IPv4 addresses of the 6rd Border Relay for a given 6rd domain IPv4 Mask Length Type a number of high order bits that are identical across all CE IPv4 addresses within a given 6rd domain It may be any value between 0 and 32 ord Prefix Type the 6rd IPv6 address 6rd Prefix Length Type the IPv6 prefix length for the 6rd IPv6 prefix in number of bits After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 113 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6rd mode Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime Oday 0 9 15 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 E41 A865 1D00 21D AAFF FE83 11B4 64 Global FE80 21D AAFF FE83 11B4 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes 113 1354 WAN1 IPv6 Status Enable Mode Up Time 6rd 0 09 06 Gateway IP 2001 E41 4865 1D01 21D AAFF FE83 11B5 128 Global FE80 COA8 651D 128 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes i3 29 967 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 114 Dray Tek 4 1 3 13 Advanced for DHCP This page allows you to configure DHCP client option DHCP packets can be processed by adding option number and data information when such function is enabled WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP w Details Page wana hemet fie o y WANS USB
156. as reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 89 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it p
157. ased If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users Web Authentication Choose the protocol for web authentication Landing Page Type the information to be displayed on the first web page when the LAN user accessing into Internet via such router After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 179 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 5 2 User Profile This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Profile Name admin System Reservation E la lE E S ESE PRP eee Ee lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 100 gt Setto Factory Default Profile Name Next gt gt To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 admin and profile 2 Dial In User are factory default settings Profile 2 is reserved for future use User Management gt gt User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account LIsername Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login External Server Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Landing Page Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup C Enable Time Quota Enable Data Quota 0 Rese
158. at DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 160 Dray Tek 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page 4 4 2 1 General Setup Page Such page allows you to enable disable Call Filter and Data Filter determine general rule for filtering the incoming and outgoing data Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Call Filter Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Set 1 Disable Enable Start Filter Set Set 2 Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex C5 Enable Strict Security Firewall Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek
159. ation that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters Index 1 15 Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work 277 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPsec Tunnel Username 77 Password VJ Compression on off L2TP with IPsec Policy L Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key LI Digital Signature x 509 orPeerID o 4 Gre over IPsec Settings Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPsec Security Method Medi
160. ation User Name pimes_fae VigorAcs SI Serial 2011031605200201 VigorP ra Maiel Wigor License Number Service Provider End User License Agreement Customer Survey PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE CAREFULLY BEFORE DOWNLOADING OR OTHERWISE OS ING THE SOFTWARE BY DOWHLOLDING INSTALLING OF USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOND BY THE TERS OF THIS LICENSE IF Tor DO HOT AGREE T THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE YOO ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO DOWNLOAD OF USE THIS SOFTWARE 1 Scope W laws raad and accep the abge Agreement Plen check hit boo 11 When this page appears click Register Apply For A License Number About Us Product My Information Service Name WCF VigorACS SI STEP 2 VigorPro Activation Date MM DD YYYY 03 16 2011 i Customer Survey 12 Wait for a moment until the following page appears DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2011 03 28 011 04 27 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Close 13 Click Close Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 40 Dr ayle k Tutorials and Applications 3 1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in Vigor2912 Due to the shortage of IPv4 address
161. ation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key P e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and 3 membership i Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch i e Activation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter license key d The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch l GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to J block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle U ee More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future vi Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 74 Dray Te k 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Grersonal Information E Preferences completion 1 Agreement Draytek provides Myvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifi
162. atus of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OR 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 21 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Static IP 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 Click Static IP as the Internet Access type Simply click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the Static IP configuration provided by your ISP WAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS 192 168 3 100 255 255 255 0 192 168 3 1 _ optional Available settings are explained as follows Item WAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Back Next Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Type the IP address Type the subnet mask Type the IP address of gateway Type in the primary IP address for the router Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Click it to return to previous setting page Click it to get into the next setting page 22 Dray Tek Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Please c
163. ay be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Reboot Now Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click Reboot Now To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Dray Te k 339 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 12 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an ex
164. be stored Data Type the content of the data to be processed by the function of DHCP option Add Create a new entry and display on the Option List table Update Edit the existing entry Delete Remove the existing entry After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 116 Dr ay Tek 4 1 4 Multi VLAN Multi VLAN allows users to create profiles for specific WAN interface and bridge connections for user applications that require very high network throughput Simply go to WAN and select Multi VLAN General This page shows the basic configurations used by every channel WAN gt gt Multi VLAN Multi VLAN General Channel Enable 1 Yes 2 No 3 No 4 No 5 WANS No 6 WANG No T WAN No a No WAN Type VLAN Tag Port based Bridge Ethernet WAN1 None Ethernet WAN None Ethernet WAN1 None Enable pil lpa p3l p4 Ethernet WAN1 None Enable pilpa L p3L p4 Ethernet WAN1 None Enable pil lpal p3 pa Ethernet WAN1 None Enable pil lp2 p3l pa4 Ethernet WAN1 None Enable pil p2 p3l p4 Ethernet WAN1 None Enable Pil lp lp3 p4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Channel Enable WAN Type VLAN Tag Port based Bridge Description Display the number of each channel Channels 1 and 2 are used by the Internet Access web user interface and can not be configured here Channels 3 8 are configurable Display whether the settings in thi
165. cally connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst Enable Note means the real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 308 Dr ay Te k 4 12 8 WMM Configuration WMM 1s an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency WMM Configuration WPM Capable APSD Capable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI AC_VO WMM Parameters of Station Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI AC_VO Set to Factory Default Enable Disable Enable Disable CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy o Oo o o Oo o Oo Oo Oo CWHMin CWMax Txop ACM AL B s 5 m im N N OK Available settings are explained as follows Item WMM Capable APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CW Max Dray Tek Description To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please
166. cast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting 1s dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from V
167. cation Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Advanced Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPsec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available 276 Dray Tek Dray Tek algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combin
168. cations gt gt Active Directory LDAP Server Profiles Index No 1 Name RD1 Common Name Identifier UID Additional Filter Note Please type in your additional filter for BaseDN search request For example 1 For OpenLDAP gidNumber 500 2 For AD msNPAllowDialin TRUE Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for such profile Dray Tek 243 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Common Name Type or edit the common name identifier for the LDAP server Identifier The common name identifier for most LDAP server is cn Base Distinguished Type or edit the distinguished name used to look up entries on Name Group the LDAP server PEE US R Nanig Sometimes you may forget the Distinguished Name since it s too long Then you may click the I button to list all the account information on the AD LDAP Server to assist you finish the setup After finished the above settings click OK to save and exit this page A new profile has been created 4 9 5 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass thr
169. cations and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using Myvigor service 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Gasreement Account Information i UserName Mary Check Account 3 20 characters seee Password fs B e 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password sooo Personal Information First Name Mary Last Name Ted Company Name Tech Ltd H p Email Address mary ted techcom Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Dray Tek Gasreement Personal Information Sdcomptetion How did you find out about this website Internet w What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to re
170. ce Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy 121 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 L Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End WANT Auto failover to the other WAN ill Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface 1s failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field 1s blank it means
171. ceive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server v verification mail 75 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 76 Dray Te k Dray Tek 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it Please take
172. cess distributing directory server by clients work on directory and share the information in the directory by clients The LDAP standard is established by the work team of Internet Engineering Task Force IETF As the name described LDAP is designed as an effect way to access directory service without the complexity of other directory service protocols For LDAP is defined to perform inquire and modify the information within the directory and acquire the data in the directory securely therefore users can apply LDAP to search or list the directory object inquire or manage the active directory General Setup Dray Te k 241 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide This page allows you to create several profiles enable the function and specify general settings for LDAP server Applications gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP beneral Setup LJ Enable Bind Type Server Address Destination Port Use SSL Regular DN Regular Password Set to Factory Default Active Directory LDAP Profiles peo N Po Note If you want to utilize AD LDAP for VPN authentication you have to check the AD LDAP profile checkbox in VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Bind Type Server IP Address Destination Port Use SSL Regular DN Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Check to enable such function There are three types of bi
173. ck Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 24 Dray Tek Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 After finished the settings above click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 25 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 3 2 For WAN3 USB WANS is dedicated to physical mode in USB If WAN3 is selected it is not necessary for you to type any information for such connection 1 Choose WAN3 as WAN Interface Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type 2 Then click Next for getting the following page Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 3 Internet Access 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name AT amp FEOVIX1SD28C150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1IX1 amp D2 amp C150 0 T lt Bac
174. ck Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 14 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Note Passwoard can contain only a z A Z 0 9 lt gt 5 F l Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field The length of the password is limited to 23 characters Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web user i
175. ckup for your router Add Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red Update Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Tek VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member72 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile management well
176. click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 246 Dray Te k 4 9 7 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN WOL of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address EEEE Result O a Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address 7 Ma A a A de rE 5 5 P Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be sho
177. click OK to save the settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 120 Dray Tek 4 1 5 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI WAN2 and WAN3 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol Wan S CIP SrcIP DestIP DestIP D DOST Move Move Start End Start End Start End Up Down 1 oo Down 2 o ay M UP Down 3 C any 4 UP 4 O any he UP Down 5 OF lay E UP Down 6 L any 4 UP Down ro UP Down 8 Oo UP Down 2 D uP 10 O any bd UP Down lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 31 327 gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Index Enable Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Move UP Move Down Dray Tek Description Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interfa
178. comejames_fae Last Login Time 2011 06 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 Current Login Time 2011 08 24 23 01 15 Current Login From 114 37 142 164 RowNo 5 w PageNo a Your Dewice List Serial Number SE oevee nane ate noe B 104001703857 Yigor2 10 Yigor2 10 200607100001 YigorPro5300 YVigorPro5300 200911030001 ryan YigorPro5300 5 When the following page appears please type in Nickname for the router and choose the right registration date from the popup calendar it appears when you click on the box of Registration Date After adding the basic information for the router please click Submit DrayTek D About Us Product a My Information VigorACS SI t Vigor Series Management Product Registration d Customer Survey Vigor2912 Series User s Guide _ Registration Device Serial number Nickname vigor2912 Registration Date 08 24 2011 Usage Select Select Your opinion so far Select In total within your company Product Rating No of Employees Supplier Ld Where you bought it from Date of Purchase f mm dd yyyy Internet Connection O Cable O ADSL O VOSL O Fiber O 3G O WiMAX O LTE 38 Dray Tek 6 When the following page appears your router information has been added to the database Your device has been successtully added to the database 7 Now you have finished the product re
179. configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 222 Dray Te k 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Default RX Limit C Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IF End IP TX limit REX limit Shared Specific Limitation startIp end O Each Shared Tx Limit O RX Limit O C Smart Bandwidth Limit For any LAN IP Not in Limitation List when session number exceeds Note For TX RX a setting of 0 means unlimited bandwidth Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup di Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Bandwidth Limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this
180. d for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Finish Cancel Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Aqreement Commtouch is the web content filter besed on Commtouch operated in the worldwide Enter your License key OoOo O Activation Date 2013 03 22 select Web Content Filter fragFINN License Agreement Enter your License key O Activation Date 2013 02 18 select CII have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Dray Tek 31 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 5 Web Console Config Backup amp Exit 2 5 1 Web Console it Er amp It is not necessary to use the telnet command via DOS prompt The changes made by using web console have the same effects as modified through web user interface The functions settings modified under Web Console also can be reviewed on the web user interface Click the Web Console icon on the top of the main screen to open the following screen hittpf 192 168 1 1 docfconsole him Windows Internet Explorer 192 168 1 1 Type for command help gt Valid commands are bpa csm ip ip abject port quit show upnp usb wptl wol gt i Vigor2912 Series User
181. d that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later None Choose the WAN interface for applying Policy Route Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop d
182. de Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode R o ute Mode MAT Mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set 2 MI M M Po Po Pa RR RE ERR EER ERE rR oo oo A O 0D J On O00 ee oR oo ooo Oo ee oo PR Co Index 1 Status Wo om m m om om o o o a m G a o a o a a a a a o a Hame A 7707 Te vi fae ve vi fara vid vr fares TPT TPT vr faa fara vr faa faa vf fae fae fae Tr TPT TPT TP Te e 2 When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following Dray Tek page 251 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPsec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPsec 2 L2ZTP 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPsec 4 L2TP 4 L2TP over IPsec 5 5 PPTP None Encryption PPTP Encryption Select VPN Type PPTP Encryption PPTP None Encryption PPTP Encryption LTP over IPsec Nice to Have L TP over IPsec Must In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the client profile please clic
183. ded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 220 Dray Tek 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF End IF Max Sessions Specific Limitation StartiP end Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 256 characters Default Message Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Session Limit Enable Click this button to activate
184. dit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address 188 Dray Tek Dray Tek Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is MAC Address controlled Start IP Address End IP Address selected Subnet Mask Invert Selection Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name Index 41 RD Department 1r 2 Financial Dept 18 3 HF Department 49 4 20 21 A 77 189 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 6 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Index Name Index Nam
185. ds Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 306 Dray Tek 4 12 7 Advanced Setting This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Tx Burst Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable Available settings are explained as follows Item Operation Mode Channel
186. e Use Internet Time Time Server Priority Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving 2000 Jan 2 Sun 19 12 4 pool ntp org GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin d Automatically Update Interval Available settings are explained as follows Item Current System Time Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Time Server Priority Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval Description Click Inquire Time to get the current time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Type the IP address or domain name of the time server IP v6 First If the time server configured with a domain name that supports IPv6 such option will be the first choice Auto It is the default setting If you have no idea whether the time server supports IPv6 or Pv4 simply choose Auto as the priority Py6 First Select the time zone where the router is located Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 334 Dray Tek 4 14 9 SNMP This page allows you to configure settings for SNMP and SNMPV3 services The SNMPv3 is more secure than SNMP through the encryption method su
187. e IS S S S amp le IS S S S fe le R e la l l IS S E Ie ie Se 9 gt Ie Ip ie Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the group profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administration Interface Any Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Deparment 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Deparment Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 190 Dray Tek 3 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 3 IPv6 Object You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IPv6 Object IPv6 Object Profiles Set to Factory Defaul
188. e In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services Servers are all
189. e On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts Dray Tek 145 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Name
190. e WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag value Priority Choose the number to determine the packet priority for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Open Port based Bridge The settings here will create a bridge between the LAN Connection for this ports selected and the WAN The WAN interface of the Channel bridge connection will be built upon the WAN type selected using the VLAN tag configured Physical Members Group the physical ports by checking the corresponding check box es for applying the port based bridge connection Open WAN Interface for Check the box to enable relating function this Channel WAN for Router borne Application Management can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TR069 If you choose Management the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for Web configuration telnet TRO69 VoIP The VoIP configuration will allow the WAN interface created here to send SIP registration packets and other VoIP management packets IPTV The IPTV configuration will allow the WAN interface to send IGMP packets to IPTV servers WAN Setup Choose PPPoE PPPOA or Static or Dynamic IP to determine what WAN settings must be configured PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE PPPoA Static or Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup IP For other settings refer to Details Page for PPPoE in Address From ISP WAN WANI IP Network Settings DNS Server IP Address After finished the above settings
191. e DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account Dray Tek 237 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1 x J x Z x 10 x 3 X 11 x 4 x 12 x 5 x 13 x 6 x 14 x I x 15 x a x Status v Active x Inactive
192. e E ce mre E E 117 Aero boda Balane FOI creased e E E AE ee 121 2A ne ee EE E ee ee eee E eee 123 ZA ASICS Ol CAN o E E E E 123 A22 Ganera UE E EE EEE E eee ee 126 I ROUE eee e E E EEE AEE 132 AANV LAN a E E E E aansindaneaecehunsseawte5seesesentaroagnesee 137 42o BNO IP IONA can EE E A E E 140 ELO EAN POTMI O orenen E a 142 4 2 7 Web Portal SetUpasciraciieeunane nae aea aia iaai aaie 143 ANAT e T A E E A 144 Aol PONR edre CIO rene E R E E 145 a o DM HO eea E E E E 149 A FOPO PONS saria E E E E E N E casas 152 AO NadrecS Nanping scerna E E EE 154 aS FO e N e r E E E 156 AAFO N ee E E E E AE E E EE 159 4 4 1 Basics for Fir walll ccccccccssssceeceeseeeeeeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeessaueeeeseueeeeeeaeeeessaeeessaeeeeessages 159 442 General SEUD Pen eee ee ee eee eee 161 ir FOT UD ster ates ce E ete vos E ose ene ase 166 dsa A DO DENES ee eee eee ee ee ee eee 174 4 5 User Manageme n cccccccccssssececceeeeecececeeeececesaeusececeseaaseceessauaeceesssaaseceesssaaeeeeessaagseeees 178 AO A ASS hl I o AE AEE EE E EEE AE T EEEE TEA 179 d oe Sar PONO ceren E e E E A R a O N EE 180 Ao USE al OUD a E E E E E E E 185 ASA User Online StS caves cxaneactncarossudecancsetceanancavscenascvengudeeeasodaitdeancavedevan Ena aaa 186 46 Opecs Se INOS orsa a a aa EE 187 Ap TIP ODIE e e E 187 AOL IOO e E E E E N TEE re E EAA 190 dO IPVO ODICC eeren o E E E 191 40 4 IPVC OTOUD niari E a E E a a a a E a E 193 4 6 5
193. e address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Subnet Prefix Type the subnet prefix address getting from service provider The maximum length of the prefix you can set is 128 characters After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 108 Dray Tek 4 1 3 9 Details Page for IPv6 DHCPv6 Client in WAN1 WAN2 DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPV6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server WAN gt Internet Access O WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCP v6 Client i DHCP v6 Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 1595970305 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Identify Association Choose Prefix Delegation or Non temporary Address as the identify association IAID Type a number as IAID After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 109 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 1 3 10 Details Page for IPv6 Static IPv6 in WAN1 WAN2 This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface WAN gt Internet Access we WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type 4 Static IPv6 Address configuration IPv6o Address Prefix Length Pt LL Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPv6 Address Prefix Length Scope S
194. e click Back to re select service type you to activate Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2013 02 18 2013 03 21 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp all Rights Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time for the same service you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 30 Dray Tek Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is use
195. e later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series Login 3 Please type admin admin as the Username Password and click Login Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem Dray Tek 13 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 Now the Main Screen will appear Dray Tek System Status Vigor29 12 Series HH fer amp Auto Logout RG Quick Start Wizard Model Name Firmware Version Vigor2912 3 7 1_RC4a Service Activation Wizard Build Date Time Jun 18 2013 17 35 57 Online Status ee LAN WAN MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS na LAN 00 1D AA 83 11 A4 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Firewall User Management ai Objects Setting Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway CSM WANI1 Disconnected 00 1D AA 83 11 A5 Sas SSS Bandwidth Management WAN2 Disconnected 00 1D AA 83 11 A6 seS a ees Applications WAN3 Disconnected 00 1D AA 83 11 A7 e o zo VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management IPv6 USB Application Address Scope Internet Access Mode System Maintenance LAN FE80 21D AAFF FE83 114A4 64 Link Diagnostics External Devices User Mode is OFF now
196. e the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 198 Dray Te k 4 6 8 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name ta fos Joa Jha Jea jha mo Ro Ro Ro Jha po j a fem j j IS S S e S amp l e S S S e fe R l la e IS le B is ie IN e ie e es ie Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the group profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name SY Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects 1 Key 1 2 Key 2 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 199 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Item Name Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Description Type a name for this group Maximum 15 characters are allowed You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page within one keyword group All the available Keyword
197. e timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule 3 Click OK button to save the settings Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Dray Tek 239 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Office WZ i WZ 1l 10 2 10 2 Hour A J 3 3 4 5 Force On z 3 5 7 g Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week oe E Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 240 Dray Te k 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dia
198. e used as backup device Therefore when WANI and WAN2 are not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 90 Dray Te k automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI1 WAN2 and WAN3 in details This router supports multiple WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 WAN2 and WANS respectively In default WAN2 is disabled If you want to enable it simply click the WAN2 link and select Yes in the field of Enable WAN gt gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight v Setup ee Physical Line Speed Kbps Ss als Index Enable Mode Type DownLink UpLink Active Mode WAH V Ethernet Auto negotiation o 0 Always On W
199. e web configuration User Password Password Confirm Password Note Password can contain only a z A Z 0 9 42 gt 4 GE 1C OK Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 324 Dray Te k 3 The following screen will appear Simply click OK System Maintenance gt User Password Active Configuration Password l e 4 Log out Vigor router web user interface by clicking the Logout button 5 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Type the new user password in the filed of Password and click Login Dr ay Te k Vigor29 12 Series Username Password Login em marri md a lpm 4 e mpr A oy on Eih scene Copyright 2013 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Te k 325 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 6 The main screen with User Mode will be shown as follows Quick Start Wizard Online Status WAN LAN NAT Applications Wireless LAN System Maintenance Diagnostics Vigor2912 Series E System Status Model Name Vigor2912n Firmware Version 3 7 3_RC5 Build Date Time Sep 9 2013 18 55 50 MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LAN OO 1D 44 84 2D BC 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 1D 44 84 2D BC Europe 2 fis ded DrayTek Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANT Connected 00 1D 44 84 2D BD Static IP pealael akel
200. eck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Te k 4 12 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover APs in the neighborhood Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID See Statistics Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address LIE EL Bridge Repeater Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Scan It is used to discover AP s in the neighborhood The results will be shown on the box above this button
201. ect the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step PPPoE 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP Dray Tek 17 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 Click PPPoE as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name 84005657 hinet net Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Note The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63 characters Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Note The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Confirm Password Retype the password Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Tek 3 Please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Click Next for viewing summary of such connec
202. ection for such user will be 182 Dray Tek Dray Tek Landing Page Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Enable Time Quota Enable Data Quota displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job When a user tries to access into the web user interface of Vigor router series with the user name and password specified in this profile he she will be lead into the web page configured in Landing Page field in User Management gt gt General Setup Check this box to enable such function You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the router for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit is minute which is available for the user using such profile to access Internet Click this box to set and increase the time quota for such profile L J Click this box to decrease the time quota for such profile Note A dialog will be popped up to notify how many time remained when a us
203. ed simply click the link of PPTP LDAP Profile to create add some new LDAP profiles you want Dr ay Tek 263 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 10 5 IPsec General Setup In IPsec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPsec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPsec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPsec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPsec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a
204. ed here IPsec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 265 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 10 6 IPsec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt Psec Peer Identity X509 Peer ID Accounts Index Name 1 27 Z ere 3 T77 4 777 5 PP 6 2 f 27 a 9 10 1i T77 12 13 27 14 15 TTY 16 Status x a Available settings are explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default Index Name Description Click it to clear all indexes Index SEBBBREBEBBEEBER Setto Factory Default Name Status x XA ee en fen ee x es ee Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPsec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digit
205. ed to 192 168 1 3 Click OK LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 192 165 1 3 Network Interface LANT Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Tek 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5 static R RIP default private io 192 168 10 0 255 255 255 0 Via 192 168 1 2 LANI C 192 168 1 07 255 255 255 0 directly connected LANI I 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LANI 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable LAN Wireless LAN Pi P2 P3 P4 SSID1 SSID2 SSIDS SSID4 Enable o iv o iv oy o iv o i o o iv o iv 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Parts 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining VLAN group 3 The set WYLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplicate Note Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port Available settings are explained as foll
206. eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaesessssesssceceeeeeeseseeaaeaesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneess 16 2 3 1 FOr WAN1 WAN2 Ethernet scjacissteccndcicedwnoseainncmdcenndonsiadlesondsivcinsiend dened gaccerbeesdcbenduaseeseceos eae 17 202 FOr WANS USB RO Ree eee ere omer ee ee ee eee ee ee eae eee 26 2 4 Service Activation WIZAarC cccccceeeceecceceeccseeeeseceeeceeeeeseeeceeeessaueeseeeeeeesessaaseeeeeesessuaaseeseeeneess 28 2 5 Web Console Config Backup amp EX seciadeweressetwacedeenceatedenwes inverters sacannused ein wecladenenetdatwecsecuee 32 20 1 Web GONSONS ssiccvacaiesi aR N sadedeicsedeoadedadeennctucsatsenciedetccadigeats 32 25 2 COnN BACKUP Ea ene ne en inisini n aa a eee ee eee eee 33 BD MO ON oars secet scare E AE ieecbess A 33 ZO ONIME a NS sors ars ne cece E EEE EN neiade mane E ESE EEE 34 20 We AY SICall OODE GION eae E E E EE E E AA 34 202 VIM WAN sec tcecemes ctncctncs seatttecwetnc cnet EAE Epei EEE a EnA EEE 36 ZF DAV COMMON AMO esenserieeseiornniioie san na a aa ioi eiecit iodain 36 2 8 Registering Vigor Router ccccccssseccccssseecceeeeecsaeeeceeuseeesseueeecsaeeeeseaseeessageeeseuseesssageeeesas 37 Tutorials and AppliCations ccccscccssseseseeeseeeseeeeeeeneeenseoeseeeseenseoeneeeneeoes 41 3 1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in Vigor2912 sssessessssenssennrerreessrrrrrrreessrennn 41 3 2 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 008 51 3 3 How to Bu
207. eeesaeeeesaeeeeseeeeessaneeseaaeeees 324 4 14 5 Login Page Greeting ccsssccccccsseececceeeseeceeceeeecececseueceesssaaseceesssaueeeessesesesessageeeess 327 4 14 6 Configuration Backup cccccccccecceaseeseeceeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseceeeeesseeeaeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeees 329 4 14 7 SYSIOG Mall Alert sic isvesasieuevecsiscictinsae aivaadeundeeneacanatiie seduaninamumnndienstetiateadnaniowmueatearieeneals 331 4 14 8 Time and Date cccccccccccccseseeeceeseeeeeeeeeeseueeesseeeeeseeeeeessaeesssaeeesseaseeesseeeeseeeeesaages 334 NARS IN NIP toe gatcenpctendnce seu EE E E E R E 335 4 14 10 MANAGEMENL cccccceeecccceeseeecueeeeeceeseeeeeaeeeecseueeeeseaueeessaueeessaeeeeeueeessaeeeeeseseessaaeeees 337 4 14 11 Reboot System 200 cccccssseeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeasseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaaaaaaaaedeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 339 4 14 12 Firmware Upgrade cccccccscceccccececeaeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeasaeeeeeessaaaaceeeeeeeessaaageeeeeeees 340 Wie VS ACV ON seese er nie EE EE SE EEE E ni 341 A DANOS O aa ee E E E E EA E E E A E 343 A TaT Dialour Togong seorsan teatukavsdadoeletaratgnsedngsnisasorccelvenuisiebyeraativesaassieadeds 343 4 15 2 Routing Table yosisatateassunstnnasahasinecudeeuaciustebestebusuastalpensechustninatehsncusishatucncnlacouctebiniseutiarsnus 344 415 3 ARP Cache 210 gt ee ae ee ee ee ee a ae 345 4 15 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table sesincsinscinndwuydsnntannsiniecwsysnnnncenetousiananicaindasinntaistmadiuesi
208. el policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi gt Dial out connection types contain IPsec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec and ISDN depends on hardware specification gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network gt Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member2 V
209. elay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating
210. em will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Note The syslog will show while the saved syslog file size is over 1MB Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event 4 15 12 IPv6 TSPC Status IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC If TSPC has configured properly the router will display the following page when the user connects to tunnel broker successfully Diagnostics gt IPvo TSPC Status WANT WAN WANS Refresh TSPC Enabled TSPC Connection Status Local Endpoint v4 Address 1114 44 54 220 Local Endpoint vo Address 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 1069 Router ONS name 898686666 broker freenet net Remote Endpoint v4 Address 81 171 72 11 Remote Endpoint v Address 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 10b8 Tspc Prefix 2001 05c0 1502 0d00 0000 0000 0000 0000 Tspe Prefixlen 56 Tunnel Broker amsterdam freenet6 net Tunnel S
211. ent Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here http 192 168 1_1l docfipfedrady htm Windows Internet Explorer Ie 192 168 1 1 Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin i Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking C APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin 171 Vigor2912 Series User
212. entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 299 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode B4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addr
213. ently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP Or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 153 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status P2261 WAR 1 197 168 1 49 Vv a i i le i e x x ES x 4 3 4 Address Mapping Address Mapping is used to map a specified private IP or a range of private IPs of NAT subnet into a specified WAN IP or WAN IP alias IP Refer to the following figure Group 1 192 168 20 X Host 1 192 168 1 23 a WAN1 202 211 100 10 a WAN2 203 98 200 10 zZ Z E Host 2 2 192 168 1 100 2 Host 3 192 168 1 56 Group1 maps to WAN1 Host 1 maps to WAN1 Host 2 maps to WAN1 alias Host 3 maps to WAN2 Suppose the WAN settings for a router are configured as follows WANT 202 211 100 10 WANI1 alias 202 211 100 11 WAN 203 98 200 10 Without address mapping feature when a NAT host with an IP say 192 168 1 10 sends a packet to the WAN side or the Internet the source address
214. er s Guide QoS Class 1 VolP QoS Class 2 HTTP QoS Class 3 Mail Baa a Bandwidth Managamant gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 i l Name Tag oeckets as AF Clees High Drop a NO Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type Ditsery CodcPoint 10 Active Any Any 4any ANY 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit t
215. er s Guide 100 Dr ay Te k Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 3 Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN1 WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the PPTP L2TP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPwo Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Server Address Specify Gateway IP Address 172 16 3 1 ISP Access Setup Username Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup bE bE IE 4500 Max 1460 MTU PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout seconds IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 130 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0
216. er accesses into Internet through Vigor router successfully Internet Access akla Michael you are now connected Time remaining online 00 32 41 When the time is up all the connection jobs including network IM social media facebook and etc will be terminated Data Quota means the total amount for data transmission allowed for the user The unit is MB Click this box to set and increase the data quota for such profile laced Click this box to decrease the data quota for such profile 183 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Reset quota to default Set default time quota and data quota for such profile When when scheduling time the scheduling time is up the router will use the default quota expired settings automatically Enable Check it to use the default setting for time quota and data quota Default Time Quota Type the value for the time manually Default Data Quota Type the value for the data manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 184 Dray Te k 4 5 3 User Group This page allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules User Management gt gt User Group User Group Table Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 ir 18 BD 19 4 20 6 22 i 23 8 24 BR 25 40 26 14 30 16
217. er link to open the following page LAN gt Web Portal Setup Profile Index 1 Disable URL Redirect fitter e g http irwww draytek com Note If the User Management application is enabled it will override the Web Portal settings seen here Message Fish color red Vigorta r ponts yh eahe Heliable connectivity he gt lt h2a gt Robust firewall protections rha che gt Multi site secure communication lt he gt Max 511 characters Applied Interfaces LAN 2 405 SSID SSID1 SSID Z SSID SSID4 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 143 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Item Description Disable Click this button to close this function URL Redirect Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Message Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router Applied Interfaces Check the box es representing different interfaces to be applied by such profile The advantage is that each SSID 1 2 3 4 for wireless network can be applied with different web portal separately After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configurat
218. escription Dial out Tool General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP Dray Tek 287 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function Refresh Seconds Alfa 192 168 025 nactus Mode MOUCN MER es l Bentley 192 168 0 27 Audi 192 168 0 28 BMW 192 168 0 29 Buick 192 168 0 30 Cadillac 192 168 0391 Chrysler 192 163 0 32 Citroen 192 168 0 33 Dalhateu 192 168 0 34 Ferrari 192 163 0 35 Fiat 192 168 0 36 Giral fhe Fage no l Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function General Mode Alfa 192 168 0 26 192 168 2 103 VpnBackup 192 168 2 103 VpnBackup ekg Hoda 192 168 2 203 Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection Status 4 11 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that
219. ess Range Address subnet Address Mac Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Prefix Len Type the number e g 64 for the prefix length of IPv6 address Invert Selection If it is checked all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Te k 3 After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 4 IPv6 Group This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group Objects Setting gt IPv6 Group IPv6 Group Table Index Name Index Name to oo oo Imo mo eo Imo mo ho Imo Ro Ro Ro foe j M S e e N S A e j ce a S e e N hk k k k lt k a i _ gt R ala l e I l2 l eis m e ie e e ip ie Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the group profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt IPv6 Group Profile Index 1 Available IPv6 Objects Selected IPv6 Objec
220. esses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter C SSID 1 iit C SSID 2 CO SsID 3 iti C ssip 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address A eh Ede Apply SSID O SSID 1 O ssip O ssID3 O SsID4 Attribute C s Isolate the station fram LAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 300 Dray Te k if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Apply SSID After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list
221. etup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Action Profile Fass 25 B2000 Mone Auto Select Mone Mone Mone 00000000 Mone Edit 162 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Policy Route User Management APP Enforcement Description Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Policy Route Auto Seleact Auto Select Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click t
222. f station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 312 Dray Tek 4 13 USB Application USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk or share the Samba service through Vigor router 4 13 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 maximum 6 Default Charset English w Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood O Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Serv
223. f this interface Name Display the name of the router Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Detailed explanation for IPv6 is shown below Dray Tek Item LAN Status WAN IPv6 Status Description IP Address Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface TX Bytes Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the LAN interface RX Bytes Displays the speed of received octets at the LAN interface Enable No in red means such interface is available but not enabled Yes in green means such interface is enabled No in red means such interface is not available 35 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Item Description Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g TSPC Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Gateway IP Dis
224. feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 2 2 G 2 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Default Message lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile Administration Message You can type the message manually for your necessity Default Message You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of
225. fic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPsec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a Static route to direct all traffic destined
226. files for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name e jax fo S 2 So is I m iS 9 e je Is le ta fi ts jha ba ei jha Po Ro Bo Po ei jb IS S S l e IS amp E e S S e le ls R Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and OTHERS displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 210 Dray Tek Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 4 Profile Name IM P2P Protocol OTHERS Protocol O pns OFTE O HTTF O IMAP Orc O NNTP O Pors O sme O SMTP O SNMP O S5H OISSL TLs C TELNET OIMSsSQL O MySQL O Oracle Ol PostgreSQL O Sybase O Dez O Informix Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Ty
227. gistration 8 After clicking OK you will see the following page Your router has been registered to myvigor website successfully If you have not activated web content filter service by using Service Activation Wizard you can activate the service from this step Please click the serial number link Dray Tek My lalormation 2 Abon Ue Welcome draytekiae Product Last Login Time 2011 08 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 My Information Current Login Time 2011 08 24 23 01 15 VigorACS SI Current Login From 114 37 142 184 at sae RowNo 5 PageNo 2 gt Vigor Series Your Device List Q Management l A a Customer Survey i i 20101005104801 Vigor2710va Vigor2710 HUIF F Vigor2380 Vigor2830 Vigor2912 Vigor2912 9 From the Device s Service section click the Trial My Produci Aboul Us ey Device Information My Information Hicknie gt wigo Serial 207103 1609200701 VigerAcs Si Model Viper VigorPre Rename Transfer Back Customer Survey BP is thet wate cnie Hier Ei om brio ganab in Centar Wee Poorman Oni a a i arny bo fey fhe PRE ee This be ee eee eee eer ere Dray Tek 39 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 10 Inthe following page check the box of I have read and accept the above Agreement The system will find out the date for you to activate this version of service Then click Next Lonlirm Message About Us Product My Inform
228. gree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use Myvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using My Vigor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service Dray Tek 71 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekis marked by are required Account Information GaAareement UserName Mary 3 20 characters Check Account Password Iowa aves i Ce 4 20 chatacters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password ccoo Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 all Country SWITZERLAND i Career
229. gs here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard The following page will appear VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAN to LAN VPN Clent Mode Selection Route Mode Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name Ww Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 250 Dr ay Te k Available settings are explained as follows Item LAN to LAN Client Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Description Choose the client mo
230. h trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information i gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer x E hitp 4192 168 1 1 z P r Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To E Ill Clnce kal ii gt E Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 292 Dr ay Te k 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Encrypt password Confirm password _ Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Backup Restoration Select a backup file to restore CSC Decrypt password Click to upload the file Dray Tek 293 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 12 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 12 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology no
231. heir websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 234 Dr ay Te k Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default ica Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update Auto Update interval 14400 Mins 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active 1 WAN First x rs WANI First x 3 WANI First x Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Default Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable DDNS function DNS Setup View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Auto Update Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS interval Service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service P
232. hen select 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode for WANS The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password PPP Authentication O Enable Disable AT amp FEOVIA1 amp D280150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C150 0 id Default ATDT 99 gt CDMA ATDT 777 TD SCDMA ATDT 98 13 P 9p tional PS Optional PAP or CHAP Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup LL tL JL WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TIL ARP Detect Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode SIM PIN code Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet The maximum length of the PIN code you can set is 15 characters 103 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password PPP Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP The maximum length of the string you can
233. hey can access into WEB interface through admin mode Dray Tek 1 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following os Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings ESE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings ue Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 4 for detailed explanation Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 Dray Tek 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2912 ACT Activity WCE QoS DoS LAN P4 P1 WAN W2 W1 VPN USB1 USB2 Dray Tek SIER Explanation The router is powered on and running normally Off The router is powered off On The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Off The Web Content Filter is inactive On The QoS function is active The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while detecting an attack The port is connected Off The port is disconnected Blinking The data is
234. his is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block ass Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor if 215 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Web Feature Vigor2912 Series User s Guide router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs Object Group Edit Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword
235. hoose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading 216 Dray Tek File Extension Profile None After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for
236. ial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPsec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPsec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPsec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec Select from below None Do not apply the IPsec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPsec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely Dray Tek 269 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide IKE Authentication Method IPsec Security Method Vigor2912 Series User s Guide applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote Node You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of
237. icate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the use name is limited to 11 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the password is limited to 11 characters Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 3 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 255 VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LAN Index 20 Profile Name VPN 2 VPN Connection Type L2TP over IPsec Nice to Have
238. ice Note 1 If Charset is set to English only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt 7 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Dray Te k 313 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Default Charset At present Vigor router supports four types of character sets Default Charset is for English based file name English E nqlish Chinese Simple ChineselTraditional German Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup
239. ice provider which offers SMS service To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the SMS Provider tab and click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS Provider Mail Server Index Profile Name 4 2 abe 4 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Te k 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object Profile Index 1 Profile Name Service Provider Username Password lasse sid Quota Sending Interval seconds Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such SMS profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 31 characters Service Provider Use the drop down list to specify the service provider which offers SMS service Username Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider The maximum length of the name you can set is 31 characters Password Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider The maximum length of the password you can set is 31 characters Quota Type the number of the credit that you purchase from the service provider chosen above Note that one credit equals to one SMS text message on the standard route Sending Interval To avoid quota being exhausted soon type time interval for sending the SMS 3 After finishing all the set
240. ignature Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function X 509 Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Peer IP VPN Client Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the IP remote client Peer ID Type the ID name for the remote client The length of the name is limited to 47 characters Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 260 Dray Tek Remote Network IP Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Please type the network mask according to the real location Mask of the remote host for building VPN connection 3 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings VPN Environment Remote Access VPN Host to LAN Index 2 Username fee Authentication Type Local User Database Allowed Service IPsec Peer IP VPN Client IP 192 168 1 100 Peer ID David Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup view more det
241. igor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected 176 Dray Tek System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable Mi Send a test e mail Syslog Save to SMTP Server Syslog Server Elsy SMTP Port 25 Cluss Disk Mail To Router Name Return Path O Authentication Server IP Address Destination Port 514 Mail Syslog C Enable Usor Nana Enable syslog message Password Firewall Log Enable E Mail Alert User Access Log DoS Attack WAN Log IM P2P Router DSL information VPN LOG AlertLog Setup Cl Enable AlertLog Port 514 Note 1 Mail Syslog cannot be activated unless USB Disk is ticked for Syslog Save to 2 Mail Syslog feature sends a Syslog file when its size reaches 1M Bytes fi DrayTek E E Haele mea Meni Lagria LAN Informasion Keyed si TiPackels Rx Packets WA IP Galewsr P Ts Babe Ax Aste Ray tu a s Refresh aT A Pa aa Firemail Log Defense Loa CSM bog SPNLog User Access Log Connection isa WANLog IFPI Log Others Cal Detalleditecord Phone Cel Topi 4 Cl Prae S
242. igor2912 Series User s Guide 282 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management w Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial Inf Call Direction at present No Status Name Menmberl jActive Type Members Active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable proflename Memberi Please select a LaN to LAW Dial Out profile ka Member2 Please select a L N to L N Dial Out profile wt Active Mode Backup Add Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Memberl1 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPsec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec NICE L2TP over IPsec MUST and so on Memberz2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is available only when LAN to LAN profile or m
243. igured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Authentication Mode Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Configure via Push Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup Button procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you PinCode wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Dray Te k 303 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 12 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 _ LAN LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Host with Host with _ H
244. ild a LAN to LAN VPN Between Remote Office and Headquarter via IPsec Tunnel ITAA EOC SS gasses aaa E E E E E E S 54 3 4 How to Optimize the Bandwidth through QoS Technology sssssssssssesennsnnsssenessssrrrnnnnnnnnnnees 58 I5 QOS eUn Example ea 62 3 6 How to use Landing Page Feature ccccccsesccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeessaeeeessaeeeeeseaseeeseass 66 3 7 How to Create an Account for MYVIQOS ccccccesseeeeeceeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeessueaaeeeeeeeeesaaas 70 Dray Te K vii Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 7 1 Create an Account Via Vigor Router ccccccccseeeeeeeecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessaeeeeessaaeeeeeessaaeeees 70 3 7 2 Create an Account via MyVigor Web Site ccccccceeceeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeseaaaeseeeeeess 74 3 8 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 78 3 9 How to Block Facebook Service Accessed by the Users via Web Content Filter URL COMENTE IE seks tis tees tna cctsce os caciecee E E E 82 Advanced Configuration icici st cscs csar sae cca rocenne esac weneseducaveuoduseunceveecuasedusnmnees 89 BAN AN oto ac eesce ors A soda satenesgoutisoe sew ang 4 eueulseat seaenceo eosesece 89 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOFk cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeessaeeenens 89 7g rag ETa o lt 1 0 6 eee en eee ee ee ee ee 91 A13 MEMEL PCC CS S riris EE E Ea 95 aa Muti VEAN cet cr
245. ile sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object i
246. imitation list Smart Bandwidth Limit Check this box to have the bandwidth limit determined by the system automatically TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 224 Dray Te k 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter d
247. ine Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet ss 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Bytes TX Rate Bps RX Bytes RX Rate Bps a 0 B 0 0 B 0 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Yes USE fm 00 00 00 5 IP GW IF TX Bytes TX Rate Bps RX Bytes RX Rate Bps 0 B 0 0 B 0 Physical Connection for IPv6 Protocol Online Status Physical Connection IPw4 System Uptime 0 1 18 Pwo LAN Status IP Address 2001 4D0D0 FFO0 83E4 210 44FF FE46 2563 64 Global FESO 210 44FF FE46 2568 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets 147 187 WAN IPv6 Status Enable TX Bytes 34205 Mode ATCC Up Time 0 00 48 001 4D000 FFO00 3E4 2 64 Global FESO 4 CO0 FFOO 3E4 2 64 Link TX Packets 186 RX Packets 137 34 RX Bytes 19176 Gateway IP RX Bytes 33093 Dray Tek Detailed explanation for IPv4 is shown below Item LAN Status WANI WAN2 WAN3 Status Description Primary DNS Displays the primary DNS server address for WAN interface Secondary DNS Displays the secondary DNS server address for WAN interface IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface Enable Yes in red means such interface is available but not enabled Yes in green means such interface is enabled Line Displays the physical connection VDSL ADSL Ethernet or USB o
248. ing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP Enable IGMP Proxy WANT IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you wil access any multicast group But this function take no effect when Bridge Mode is enabled Enable IGMP Snooping Enable ISMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups index Group ID oOo Mm P P3 P Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode WANT EWANI IWAN WAN3 PVC i Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group After finishing all the settings here please
249. inishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 104 Dray Tek 4 1 3 5 Details Page for IPv6 Offline in WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 When Offline is selected the IPv6 connection will be disabled WAN gt gt Internet Access o WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode 4 1 3 6 Details Page for IPv6 PPP in WAN1 WAN2 During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP Later use DHCPv6 or Accept RA to acquire the IPv6 prefix address such as 2001 B010 7300 200 64 offered by the ISP In addition PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of the generated prefix No need to type any other information for PPP mode WAN gt Internet Access ww WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type PPP Note IPw4 WAN setting should be PPPoE client Dray Tek 105 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPP mode Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 12 32 IPv4 IPvG LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7300 201 210 44FF FE46 2568 64 Global FE8O 210 44FF FE46 2568 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes T 4 690 328 WAN IPv6 Status gt gt Drop PPP Enable Mode Up Time YES PPP 0 02 08 IP Gateway IP
250. ion 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network Not
251. ion E Must Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote VPN Gateway You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the named is limited to 11 characters Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above The length of the password is limited to 11 characters VJ Compression VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select Psec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Sig
252. ion Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Dray Tek 295 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 12 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed tib i1ig 1in
253. ired characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPsec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security 270 Dray Tek method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Optional Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPsec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPsec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following
254. irst three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Dray Tek 221 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup WAN Inbound Bandwidth Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth Kbps index Class Name Reserved_bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25M Class 2 25 l Class 3 25 J C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Others 25 Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN interface For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It allows you to set the connecting rate of da
255. is normal In the following figure the AICCU information is obtained from https www sixxs net main after applied for the service WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTPIL2TP Internet Access Mode Connection Type Alecu ka AICCU Configuration O Always On Username JOR3 SIAXS Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Subnet Prefix 2001 4DD0 FF00 38805 2 Note If Always On is not enabled AICCU connection would only retry three times Lx Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 1 18 IPv4 Pv LAN Status IP Address Os 4DD0 FFOQ om MAPT FEAG 2568 64 Global TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 147 187 34205 19176 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Up Time 0 00 48 Gateway IP TX Packets RX Packets RX Bytes 166 lea 33093 45 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide DHCPv6 Client Choose DHCPVv6 Client Click one of the identity associations and type the AID number WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCPv6 Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Tol Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 8972573680 Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows
256. is 1500 RIP Protocol Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function WAN IP Network This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically Settings and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using fe WAHIIP Alias Windows Internet Explorer WAN1 IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 0 0 0 0 C LI C ad d al d Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned DHCP Client Identifier for some ISP Enable Check the box to specify username and password as the DHCP client identifier for some ISP Username Type a name as username The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63 characters Password Type a password The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Vigor2912 Series Us
257. ish About DrayTek E Products Solutions Multi Media Demo Contact Us FAQ Application You are here Home Supports FAQ Application Notes Printer Server USB 4G Interne Connection Then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link FAQ Application You are here Home Supports FAQ Application Notes Printer Server Latest FAQ Application Basic Printer Server Firmware Upgrade What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router WAN yp p p g IPv6 How do configure LPR printing on Windows7 re How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Dual WAN Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Tek Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for accessing into the web user interface of Vigor router and how to adjust settings for accessing Internet successfully 2 1 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to th
258. k Cems Fist Cena Available settings are explained as follows Item Internet Access 3G 4G USB Modem PPP mode Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Choose a protocol for accessing the Internet SIM Pin code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet The maximum length of the pin code you can set is 15 characters Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP The maximum length of the string you can set is 47 characters 26 Dray Tek APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply 3 Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANS Physical Mode USB Internet Access PPP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OR 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 27 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 2 4 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service Web Content Filter with a quick and easy way For the Service Activation Wizard i
259. k Connections Broadband Network Tasks E Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Dial up See Also Network Troubleshooter Other Places G Control Panel My Network Places Lj My Documents ig My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder a s a hinet Disconnected SO WAN Miniport PPPOE test ba Disconnected af S DrayTek ISDN PPP Internet Gateway Me IP Broadband Connection on Router Enabled LAN or High Speed Internet Local 4rea Connection Enabled To gh Realtek RTL8139 810x Family IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PR General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 19 06 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer wd bo 93 Packets Sent 404 T34 Received 1 115 GEG The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application FIP Broadband Connection on Route r Properties E x Advanced Settings General Connect to the Internet using J IF Broadband Connection on Router Thit connection allow
260. k Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made Note The following descriptions for VPN Type are based on the Route Mode specified in LAN to LAN Client Mode Selection When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP Encryption Settings VPN Dial OQut Through WAN First L Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Password Ce Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 256 0 draytek com Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 252 Dray Te k When you choose IPsec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPsec Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through WAN First O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPsec Secunly Melted gt Medium AH High ESP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Tl When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name T7 VPN Dial Out Through F Always on Server IP Host Name for VP
261. k printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port 3 communicate with a local printer omething like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Dray Tek 9 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previou
262. k the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used by such index Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the Service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Protocol Start Port WOOL D TE P2261 WANT 192 168 149 Choose PC End Port Protocol Start Port End Port mar mar mar Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface WAN IP Local Computer Protocol Start Port End Port Dray Tek Description Check to enable this entry Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequ
263. l In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Server IP Address Destination Port 1812 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret The maximum length of the shared secret you can set is 36 characters Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation After finished the above settings click OK button to save the settings 4 9 4 Active Directory LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP is a communication protocol for using in TCP IP network It defines the methods to ac
264. l appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file es EE Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 330 Dray Te k 4 14 7 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web user interface of the router or borrow debug equipments sysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup W Enable Syslog Save to W Syslog Server USB Disk Mail Alert Setup Enable Send a test e mail SMTP Server msa_hinet_net SMTP Part 25 Router Name Vigor2912 Mail To asukalime metek com Server IP Address 192 165 1 5 Return Path Destination Port 514 F Use SSL Mail Syslog Fl enable W Authentication Enable syslog message
265. le for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be 169 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement Vigor2912 Series User s Guide passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule an
266. lect All O aac L aiff LJ au Ol mp3 Cl m4a O m4p O ogg E ra E ram Ol vox Cl wav O wma Java Select Al LJ class jad O jar O jav Oljava O jem m js ai O jse O isp E jtk Activex Select All O ak C apb O axs El o O olb O oe O tb a O viv O vrm Coamnression Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name Description Type a name for this profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 7 characters 3 Type aname for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Tek 201 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 6 10 SMS Mail Service Object SMS Service Object This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application gt gt SMS Mail Alert Service Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS Provider Mail Server Set to Factory Default Index Profile Name SMS Provider 4 kotsms com tw TW 2 kotsms com tw TW 3 kotsms com tw TW 4 kotsms com tw TW 5 kotsms com tw TW 6 kotsms com tw TW T kotsms cam tw TW EA kotsms com tw TW3 5 Custom 1 10 Custom 2 Each item 1s explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Index Display the profile number that you can configure Profile Display the name for such SMS profile SMS Provider Display the serv
267. lick Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 358 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses ar ees For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 aa Network Aae a Show All Displays Sound Network Star
268. list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Pefresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow Profile Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user IP Address Display the IP address of the device Last Login Time Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Expired Time Display the expired time of the network connection for the user Idle Time Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 186 Dray Tek Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Logout the user will be logged out forcefully Action 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default
269. loads Phishing amp Fraud Clear All L Search Engine Portals L Spam Sites L Malware L Botnets L Hacking LJillegal Software LJiInformation Security J Peer to Peer Other L Adv amp Pop Ups L arts L Transportation Select All L compromised Cl Dating amp Personals LJ Education 3 Enable this profile in Firewall gt gt General Setup gt gt Default Rule Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Sessions Control 65 60000 Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APF Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter kd Advance Setting h Default FA NN Dray Tek 83 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 Next time when someone accesses facebook via this router the web page would be blocked and the following message would be displayed instead The requested Web page from 192 166 2 114 to weaw facebook com that is categorized with Social Networking has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Fowered by DrayTek ll Via URL Content Filter A Block the web page containing the word of Facebook 1 Open Object Settings gt gt Keyword Object Click an index number to open the setting page 2 In the field of Contents please type facebook Configure the settings as the following figure Objects
270. ltiple WAN Ethernet Auto negotiation li b o Disable please configure Internet Access setting first 0 o 4095 oon Load Balance O WAN 1 Mwan 2 M WAN 3 When any of selected WAN disconnect When all of selected WAN disconnect Note 1 The line speed setting of WAN interface is avaialbe only when According to Line Speed is selected as the Load Balance Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system 92 Dray Tek Physical Type Auto ne gotiati on 10M1 half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps VLAN Tag insertion Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI1 Disable Disable the function of V
271. m Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2011 03 28 Expire Date 2011 04 27 Authentication Message WebFilter Activation authenticate fail contact with supporthdrayterk com 0i 00 00 24 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLoq Mail Alert Setuy If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset page Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 342 Dr ay Te k 4 15 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 4 15 1 Dial out Triggering Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Triggering to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Triggering Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00000000 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Pr 0 len 0 0 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Decoded Format It shows the source IP
272. matically Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh Sessions Action APP Qos 1 Block None v Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column J Page Refresh Sessions Action APP QoS blocked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 350 Dray Tek 4 15 9 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Reset to zero the accumulated RX TX received and transmitted data of WAN Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt Traffic Graph Refresh Mints 1 Refresh Daily Show Chart WAN1 Bandwid
273. menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status Set to Factory Default UDP Online Others Statistics Class Class Class 1 3 Contr Direction WAN1 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 259 25 25 23 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Enable the First Priority for VoIP SIP RTP SIP UDP Port 5060 Default 5060 Available settings are explained as follows Item General Setup Class Rule Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Index Display the WAN interface number that you can edit Status Display if the WAN interface is available for such function or not Bandwidth Display the inbound and outbound bandwidth setting for the WAN interface Direction Display which direction that such function will influence Class 1 Class2 Class 3 Others Display the bandwidth percentage for each class UDP Bandwidth Control Display the UDP bandwidth control is enabled or not Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Setup Allow to configure general QoS setting for WAN interface Index Display the class number that you c
274. more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem However to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4 both IPv6 and IPv4 networks shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the shifting job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually At present there are three common types of intercommunication mechanisms Dual Stack The user can use both IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time That means adding an IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication capability of IPv4 and IPv6 Tunnel Both IPv6 hosts can communication for each other via existing IPv4 network environment The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first Later the packets will be transformed and judged by IPv4 router Once the packets arrive the border between IPv4 and IPv6 the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed Then the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6 network Translation Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user using IPv4 service Before configuring the settings on Vigor2912 you need to know which connection type that your IPv6 service used I Configuring the WAN Settings For the IPv6 WAN settings for Vigor2912 there are five connection types to be chosen PPP TSPC AICCU DHCPv6 Client and Static IPv6 1 Access into the web user interface of Viogr2925 Open W
275. mum number of characters to be typed here is 255 User Management gt General Setup General Setup Mode Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in user based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default Login success 3 Now you can enable the Landing Page function Open User Management gt User Profile and click one of the index number e g index number 3 links User Management gt User Profile User Profile Table Profile Name admin Dial In User gt bf Fe Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 66 Dray Te k 4 In the following page check the box of Landing page and click OK to save the settings User Management gt User Profile Profile Index 3 p Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password O O Idle Timeout mings 0 Unlimited Max User Login O Unlimited External Server Authentication Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Web Alert Tool Telnet Enable Time Quota min s Refresh more min s Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup C 5 Open any browser e g FireFox Internet
276. n user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Must Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page In addition adjustable items for each dial in type will be changed according to the VPN Server Mode Site to Site VPN and Remote Dial in User selected 2 After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made Here we take the examples of choosing Site to Site VPN as the VPN Server Mode Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 258 Dray Te k When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec Authentication Username Password Peer IP VPN Client IP Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask When you check PPTP amp IPsec amp L2TP three types or PPTP amp IPsec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec Authentication Username 777 Password IPsec L2TP over IPsec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared
277. n Schedule Setup sL LL 1b 41 Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Mode Specify a MAC Address Ping IP Cid MAC Address oo 40 aa 83 11 Jas TTL MTU Max 1492 Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Disable Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 96 Dray Tek WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek characters Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Pi
278. n the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name O Tag packets as NO Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY 20 Active 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 56 ANY ANY Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Set to Factory Default General Setup i Class Class Class UDP Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction Others Bandwidth ape 1 2 3 Conirol Statistics WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 20 2590 259 23 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Enable the First Priority for VoIP SIP RTP SIP UDP Port 5060 Default 5060 2 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty z 232 Dray Tek Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port
279. n you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPsec Peer Identity Peer ID Select one of the predefined Profiles set in VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPsec Peer Identity Local ID Specify a local ID Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This 275 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Vigor2912 Series User s Guide item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode IPsec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authenti
280. nature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPsec Peer Identity E Local ID Specify which one will be inspected first E Alternative Subject Name First The alternative subject name configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first E Subject Name First The subject name configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first IPsec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active 279 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide GRE over IPsec Settings TCP IP Network Settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Enable IPsec Dial Out function GRE over IPsec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPsec packet after configuring IPsec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traf
281. ncluding its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet l SSID Draytek fi Channel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 294 Dray Tek Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authenticat
282. nd type supported Simple Mode Simple Mode Anonymous Regular Mode Simple Mode Just simply do the bind authentication without any search action Anonymous Perform a search action first with Anonymous account then do the bind authentication Regular Mode Mostly it is the same with anonymous mode The different is that the server will firstly check if you have the search authority For the regular mode you ll need to type in the Regular DN and Regular Password Enter the IP address of LDAP server Type a port number as the destination port for LDAP server Check the box to use the port number specified for SSL Type this setting if Regular Mode is selected as Bind Type 242 Dray Tek Specify a password if Regular Mode is selected as Bind Type Regular Password After finished the above settings click OK button to save the settings Profiles You can configure eight AD LDAP profiles These profiles would be used with User Management for different purposes in management Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Set to Factory Default Active Directory General Setup LDAP Profil aah Index Name Distinguished Name Le 2 3 A 5 6 F a Note If you want to utilize AD LDAP for VPN authentication you have to check the AD LDAP profile checkbox in VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup Click any index number link to open the following page Appli
283. need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected Find more Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Test a site to verify Click this link to do the verification whether it is categorized Set to Factory Default Click this link to retrieve the factory settings Default Message You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of Administration Message Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 218 Dray Te k Cache None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination
284. nfiguration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server URL Username Password CPE Client Enable Disable URL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server Address Server Port Internet Pd PO poss i Moor id second s Po pars Minimum Keep Alive Period bo o second s Maximum Keep Alive Period It secondis Available settings are explained as follows Item ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or 322 Dray Tek click Disable to close the mechanism of notification STUN Settings The default is Disable If you cli
285. ng Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1492 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog 97 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide E WAHIIF Alias Windows Internet Explorer aH E http 192 168 1 1 I WAN1 IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAH IP Join NAT IP Fool d L d LI CI L E Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Add
286. nndeissentiaetined 345 7 os DAOP TDG erna eee E ee eee ee ee eee es 346 4 15 6 NAT Sessions TAC isc cacccaccnssennacnedeudannssceedesesdeund vadtanicdndadcanaicetedeundvndaesnacte AAE 347 413 MAGIA OSI ieee cartes cence a E E EEE E a 348 415 9 Data Flow MONITO ssasiecadieniiutachistensineteannintinpsinivessissiniutadamichwiadsnwosdwaiad taciudaspnsdinbiisledutaeiinimntsens 349 A TA ee A E A E 351 4193 10 Trace ROOG enaa A sta Aa 352 4 15 11 Web Firewall Syslog cccccccccccccesseessseceeeeesseesseeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeesseeeaeeeeeeessaaasseeeneess 353 415 12 1Pv6 TSPC SLUG sesrcoiacieasticancaastovanmenscoidisuetseasannanicdansiailon i iS 354 4 16 External 1 CVIC CS vaunsin cnceioiusecnentanantcaenuadachninaerneiananmedsluipeeatananaysauipauatansadannioniaaneinupianeaiandean 355 Trouble Shooting sassnsnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnne 357 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not nnnnnnnn00annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnosnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnneesnnnnnnn 357 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 0 358 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer cccccccccccsssssssseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaaeeeasseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 360 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NOt 361 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ccccccecccsseseeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeseaeaseeeeeesssuaageeseeeess 361 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary
287. nterface again Dray Te k 323 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 4 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation System Maintenance gt gt User Password LlEnable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Setto Factory Default Note 1 Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 lt gt F 3 2 Password can t be only Example or or is illegal but 123 or 45 is OK Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable User Mode for After checking this box you can access into the web user simple web configuration interface with the password typed here for simple web configuration The settings on simple web user interface will be different with full web use interface accessed by using the administrator password Password Type in new password in this field The length of the password is limited to 31 characters Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web user interface again Below shows an example for accessing into User Operation with User Password 1 Open System Maintenance gt gt User Password 2 Check the box of Enable User Mode for simple web configuration to enable user mode operation Type a new password in the field of New Password and click OK System Maintenance gt gt User Password Enable User Mode for simpl
288. nterval seconds Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Display the name of this profile It cannot be modified Service Provider Type the website of the service provider Type the URL string in the box under the filed of Service Provider You have to contact your SMS provider to obtain the exact URL string Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k Username Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider The maximum length of the name you can set is 31 characters Password Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider The maximum length of the password you can set is 31 characters Quota Type the total number of the messages that the router will send out Sending Interval Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Mail Service Object This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application gt gt SMS Mail Alert Service Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS Provider Mail Server Set to Factory Default Index Profile Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 F a 9 10 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Index Display the profile number that you can configure Profile
289. o create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to 163 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create
290. o the setting page for IPv6 service it is not necessary for you to configure anything WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP Internet Access Mode Connection Type Note IPv4 WAN setting should be PPPoE client OK Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 42 Dray Tek Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful you will get the IP address for IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 41 17 IPvo LAN Status PrimaryDNS 1685 95 192 1 secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets FRX Packets 192 168 1 1 0 3085 WAN 1 Status gt gt Dial PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time YES ADSL PPPoE 00 00 00 IP GWN IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets Rx Rate Bps 0 0 0 0 WAN 2 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Ethernet PPPoE 0 00 54 GV IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps Rx Packets RX Rate Bps 166 95 968 254 S00 4761 p21 6617 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Yes LSB 00 00 00 IP GVW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 0 g 0 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 05 04 04 04 00 01 ATM Statistics TX Cells FX Cells TX CRC errs FX CRC errs 0 0 0 0 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att READY 0 0 0 0 Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 22 37 IPv4 IPvo TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes Rx Bytes Fi 4 690 326 WAN IPv6 Status gt gt
291. of the NAT host will be mapped into either 202 211 100 10 or 203 98 200 10 which IP or mapping is decided by the internal load balancing algorithm With address mapping feature you can manually configure any host mapping to any WAN interface to fit the request In the above example you can configure NAT Host1 to always map to 202 211 100 10 WAN1 Host2 to always map to 202 211 100 11 WAN1 alias Host3 always map to 203 98 200 10 WAN2 and Group 1 to always map to 202 211 100 10 WANI Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 154 Dray Te k NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Setto Factory Default 1 2 3 4 5 6 f a 9 10 Protocol Public IP Private IP Status ALL LFS LEa LS i ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL ir2 16 3 130 ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL Ife 163 130 ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL 172 16 3 130 ALL ir2 16 3 130 Fe E Ea Ree oe Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to configure You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Protocol Display the protocol used for this address mapping Public IP Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Private IP Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Mask Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Status Display the
292. old hiso packets sec C Block TCP flag scan C Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment C Block Unassigned Numbers Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively That means when 50 packets per second received they will be regarded as attack event and the session will be paused for 10 seconds Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router 174 Dray Tek Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Dray Tek will
293. onfirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 23 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide DHCP 1 Choose WAN2 as WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 Click DHCP as the Internet Access type Simply click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 2 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name optional MAC fin aa as B7 6A optional Next gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Host Name Type the name of the host Note The maximum length of the host name you can set is 39 characters MAC Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to enter the MAC address Ba
294. or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgs01az2 i pa or Ox655abcd Access Point Function Enable Disable Status O Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Available settings are explained as follows Dray Te k 305 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Item Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status Description Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Dis Disable Bridge Repeater There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are some types for you to choose WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g 2920n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fiel
295. ore is created Dray Tek 283 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide General Setup YPN Backup Advance Settings Windows Internet Explorer a a hit 192 168 1 1 VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backup1 ERD Mode Normal Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields The length of the name is limited to 11 characters Member 1 Member2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Active Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Ba
296. ost with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 o Ea me r a My S a er ee T e ees eeseeeewesw m Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 304 Dr ay Tek The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown WOS Settings It Mode Bridge Bridge Enable Peer MAC Address Security O iii 4 Disable WEP Pre shared Key L Lii ia l i E jt EJLA n WEP J HKH HJ Use the same WEP key setin Security Settings Note Disable unused links to get better performante Pre shared Key Tuna Repeater THe Enable Peer MAC Addess WPA WPA2 a a ei j4 j4 E Ei 4 Kes i OC Note WPA and WPA2 are not compatible with oirir u i DrayTek WPA LLL 4 E 1 Type 6 63 ASCII characters
297. ou may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel 6 2443 MHz Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 4 2417 MHz Channel 3 2422MHz Channel 4 2427MHz Channel 5 2432MHz Channel 6 2437MHz Channel 7 2442MHz Channel 8 2447MHz Channel 9 2452MHz Channel 10 245 MHz Channel 11 2462MHz h Channel 12 2467MHz Channel 13 2472MHz Hide SSID Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters Isolate Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other VPN Check this box to restrict the wireless clients stations to access VPN network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the
298. ough a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt UPnP T Enable UPnP Service Default WAN Cl Enable Connection control Service Ol Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Clear Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service Default WAN It is used to specify the WAN interface for applying such function Default WAN WAN WAN2 WAN3 After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 244 Dray Te k your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Networ
299. ound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Tek Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Click OK to save the settings Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name O Tag packets as Default 4 NO Status Local Address Remote Address P Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY 5 Click the Setup link for WAN2 The user can set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Click OK to save the settings Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 100000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 100000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 Class 2 25 e Class 3 25 Others 25 ae Cl Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limit d_bandwidth Ratio 2s o C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HITTPS O Tag packets as Default v 7 a oe DiffServ ic NO Status
300. own list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For 170 Dray Tek URL Content Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Dray Tek troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Cont
301. ows Item Description Enable Click it to enable VLAN configuration LAN P1 P4 Check the LAN port s to be grouped under the selected VLAN Dray Tek 137 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID boxes to group them under the selected VLAN VLAN Tag Enable Check the box to enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the LAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by LAN VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Note Leave one VLAN untagged at least to prevent from not connecting to Vigor router due to unexpected error To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 VLANO and VLAN are configured with different subnets g E DG00 Z0RDIO 203080 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 138 Dr ay Te k 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below Click OK to save the settings LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable Wireless LAN P4 SSID1 SSID2 SSIDS 6SSID4 Enable Pi P2 P3 Mw O O Ooo
302. ows Item Description Index Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 WAN2 Ethernet WAN3 USB according to the real network connection Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode Then click Details Page for accessing the settings page to configure the settings Dray Tek 95 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Details Page This button will open different web page based on IPv4 according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Note that Details Page will be changed slightly based on ADSL VDSL physical mode specified on WAN gt gt General Setup IP v6 This button will open different web page based on Physical Mode to setup IPv6 Internet Access Mode for WAN interface If IPv6 service is active on this WAN interface the color of TPv6 will become green Advanced It is used to configure DHCP client option 4 1 3 1 Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 WAN2 To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the PPPoE tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Enable Disable PPP MP Setup PAP or CHAP 1__ second s PPP Authentication ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout ee ip address Assignment Method IPCP Password fs WAN IP Alias Index 1 15 i
303. p down list in the field of URL Content Filter Now users cannot open any web page with the word facebook inside Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement Web Content Filter Advance Setting URL Content Filter 87 Action Profile Pass y 60000 None o m e Auto Select None k None 2tace apps fig ea Syslog Vigor2912 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 88 Dray Te k a Advanced Configuration This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side DrayTek METZI ME e Auto Logout v IRG 7 System Status Model Name Vigor2912n i i Firmware Version 3 7 3_RC5 Quick Start Wizard a Build Date Time Sep 9 2013 18 55 50 Service Activation Wizard Online Status 3 MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS WAN LAN 00 1D A4 84 2D BC 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 LAN NAT
304. page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Te k Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Enable this profile VPN Dial Gut Through WAN1 First Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via VPN O Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Tt am calling PPTP IPsec Tunnel L2TP with IPsec Policy Server IP Host Name for VPN Call Direction Both Dial out Dial in O Always on second s LJ Enable PING to keep alive Idle Timeout PING to the IP Username TTT Password DOO E Ppp Authentication V Compression on off IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 PF Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPsec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here
305. pe a name for the CSM profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 15 characters Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes Action Block Block all the packets passing with the settings configured in this page Pass Pass all the packets with the settings configured in this page The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 4 Profile Name IM Par Protocol OTHERS Select All Clear All Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt Login Message File Transfer Game Conference Video Voice Other Activities w m ee ee m hs m IM Application CD AIm6 7 Olaqg tTm DO iChat O Jabber GoogleTalk O GeogleChat O Fire O GaduGadu O Paltalk DO anext DO Poco PPs65 DJAresthat O AWW El Lawa Lava O rcuz Oispo Ouc O MobileMSN O BaiduHi O Fetion Web IM more than one address Support List asa v5 9 ICQ VoIP O Skype O kubao O Gizmo O SIP RTP Otelttel DO TeamSpeak O Raidcall eMessenger Webhi 5H meebo eBuddy lLowelM ICQ Jawa IC Flash qoowy IMhaha getilessenger Cl WebIM URLs ee IMU nitivwe Wablet mabber MS5SHN20G0 Kool ll WessengerFx MessengerAdictos WebYahool
306. pection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types th
307. plays the IP address of the default gateway Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 2 Virtual WAN Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information Virtual WAN are used by TR 069 management VoIP service and so on The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection Online Status Virtual WAN System Uptime 3 15 25 WAN 5 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes Ethernet eee 00 00 00 Management IP GW IFP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps D 0 D 0 WAN 6 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes Ethernet eas 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps aes sga 0 0 0 D0 WAN 7 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes Ethernet sas 00 00 00 Management IP GW IFP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps nnn aoe 0 0 0 0 Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages 2 7 Saving Configuration showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 36 Dray Tek 2 8 Registering Vigor Router You have finished the configuration
308. pport AES and DES and authentication method support MD5 and SHA for the management needs Applications gt gt SNMP SNMP Setup Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP IPw4 Manager Host IP IPW6 Trap Community Notification Host IP IPw4 Notification Host IP IPv6 Trap Timeout C Enable SNMPV3 Agent USM User Auth Algorithm Auth Password Privacy Algorithm Privacy Password public 0 Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP IPv4 Manager Host IP IPv6 Trap Community Notification Host IP IPv4 Dray Tek Description Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IPv6 address to specify certain host Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters Set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the trap community 335 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Notification
309. preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Click Enable to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station 307 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option Yigor N61 802 110 Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top te 802 11b gn 24GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel C Group Roaming Paes Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O Adhoc network only C Automati
310. private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host a rno OR 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 1 Private IP v Private IP 192 168 1 49 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host oo foo L ag J J k J Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 and WAN3 is slightly different with WAN1 Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only See the following figure NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN Enable Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WAN WANS Private IP Choose PC 150 Dray Tek If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN WANS WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 2 192 168 1 45 0 0 0 0 Choose PC Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automa
311. ption is five Enable Disable Enable Disable the function of DHCP Option Each DHCP option is composed by an option Dray Tek 129 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide number with data For example Option number 100 Data abcd When such function is enabled the specified values for DHCP option will be seen in DHCP reply packets Option Number Type a number for such function DataType Choose the type ASCII or Hex for the data to be stored Data Type the content of the data to be processed by the function of DHCP option When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page 4 2 2 2 Details Page for LAN1 IPv6 Setup There are two configuration pages for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup based on IPv4 and IPv6 Setup Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for detailed information Below shows the settings page for IPv6 LAN gt gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 1 IPv6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable Advertisement Lifetime 1800 Seconds Range 600 9000 DHCPv6 Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server DNS Server IPv6 Address Static Pv6 Address configuration IPyv6 Address Prefix Length ee ia j C beee Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPw6 Address Prefix Length 1 FE80 21D AAFF FEA8 B5768 64 Link It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration One is RADY
312. r accesses into the website by using IPv6 address you may see a turtle dancing on the screen If not only a steady turtle will be seen E The KAME project Windows Internet Explorer mex g 4 Uhttpivewy kame net Raikes s Google e HAE RE WAO MRED ILAMI 84H KH Search p F Go de T sip ale e The KAME project P a B ih e AE GIO BE The KAME project 1998 4 2006 3 Dancing kame by atelier momonga If you can see a turtle dancing on the screen that means IPv6 service is ready for you to access and utilize Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Tek 3 2 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer If it is necessary for you to delete copy files on the device or write paste files to the devcie it must be done through SAMBA server or FTP server Samba service is based on the original USB FTP service You will need to setup USB FTP first We would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here 1 Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnec
313. r to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 4 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the hardware connection we take n model as an example Cable DSL Modem O or Media Converter P Power Adapter PWR USD Wi Wei Power Switch Dray Tek 7 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Port Name P_192 168 1 1 Internet Printer Router 192 168 1 1 TA U Ta Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes io vy Documents L b a Settings
314. ral Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class aug Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction nae Others Bandwidth ag 2 3 l Statistics Control WAN1 Disable 101060 00Kbps 98180 00Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 2 i Edit Class 3 Edit 3 In the following page type a name e g VoIP for such class and click Add Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 58 Dray Tek Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Inge O Tag packets as DiffServ CodePoint l Empty i NO Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type 4 Check the box of ACT Click Edit to specify the local address Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ermet Type 1Pv4 O IPv6 Local Address N DiffServ CodePoint ANY ka Service Type Predefined ka Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 5 In the pop up window choose Range Address as the Address Type and type the start IP address and end IP address in relational fields Click OK to save the settings and exit the window Ethernet Type IPv4 Address Type Start IP Address 1 72 16 1 240 End IP Address 172 16 1 241 Subnet Mask 6 Click OK again to save the settings Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service
315. ress Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 2 Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the Static or Dynamic IP tab The following web page will be shown Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 98 Dray Te k WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L 2TP IPv6 Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Keep WAN Connection L Enable PING to keep alive 0s minuters PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL MTU Max 1500 RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Obtain an IP address automatically Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address Router Name Domain Name Subnet Mask Gateway IP Add
316. ress ll Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo Jo Jaa es Ja as DNS Server IF Address Primary IP Address 0 0 0 9 0 0 4 4 Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection WAN Connection Detection MTU Dray Tek Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to Keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting 99 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide
317. roker It is suggested for you to apply another username and password for http gogonet gogo6 com page freenet6 account The maximum length of the name you can set is 63 characters Password Type the password assigned with the user name The maximum length of the name you can set is 19 characters Confirm Password Type the password again to make the confirmation Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 107 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 1 3 8 Details Page for IPv6 AICCU in WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 WAN gt gt Internet Access ww WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type AICCU ha AICCU Configuration O Always On Note If Always On is not enabled AICCU connection would only retry three times Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Always On Check this box to keep the network connection always Username Type the name obtained from the broker Please apply new account at http www sixxs net It is suggested for you to apply another username and password The maximum length of the name you can set is 19 characters Password Type the password assigned with the user name The maximum length of the password you can set is 19 characters Confirm Password Type the password again to make the confirmation Tunnel Broker Type th
318. rotocol Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE UL E ki O Yes No Mutual Authentication PAF Username Password LDAP Server Profiles for PPP Authentication PPTP LDAP Profile PARICHARIMS CHARMS CHAM Wote Please select PAP Only in Dial In PPP Authentication f you want to use 40 LDA4P for PPP Authentication IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP startL4N 1 192 188 1 200 Available settings are explained as follows Item Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description PAP Only elect this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Optional MPPE This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router 262 Dray Tek will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MIFPFPE o Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 26 bit Require MPPE 40 128bi
319. rovider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Dray Tek 235 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Dynamic ONS Setup gt Dynamic ONS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O Wildcards Ol Backup Mx Mail Extender Determine Real WAN IP WAN First dyndns org www edyndns org max 64 characters max 23 characters Internet IP fie Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password Wildcard and Backup MX Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN 1 WAN2 WAN3 as the first channel for such account If WANI WAN2 WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WANS as the only channel for such account Biati j WAM First Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic
320. rovides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2912 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2912 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2912n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor2912n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2912n series gt Z Internet VoIP Web Surfing K lt VPN 3GUSB Modem Router After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port However the original WANI and WAN2 still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN3 also can b
321. rts once the triggering conditions are met The duration that these ports are opened depends on the type of protocol used The default durations are shown below and these duration values can be modified via telnet commands TCP 86400 sec UDP 180 sec IGMP 10 sec TCP WWW 60 sec TCP SYN 60 sec Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 156 Dray Tek NAT gt Port Triggering Port Triggering Setto Factory Default Index Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status k A gt Roem B e e m pe e e e S e iy i k Pat x ia kan mT Available settings are explained as follows Item Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status Description Display the text which memorizes the application of this rule Display the protocol of the triggering packets Display the port of the triggering packets Display the protocol for the incoming data of such triggering profile Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering profile Display if the rule is active or de active Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt Port Triggering No 1 Enable Service Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port User Defined I TCP ov 80 UDP 1024 Note The Triggering Port and Incoming Port should be input like this
322. s Brother HL 1070 iao Sa Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol O Baw Raw Settings CILPR Byte Counting Enabled LPR Settings Queue Name C SNMP Status Enabled Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Dray Tek i The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ Application Notes find out the link of USB gt gt Printer Server and click it D Ti k MyVigor Register E newsletter DrayTek HQ Media Center Global Engl
323. s LI Religion C Translators O Greeting cards Parked Domains Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 15 characters Black White List Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recor
324. s 24 characters Type the password again for confirmation If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is O which means no limitation in the number of users It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup F Default m Create Mew Folic Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the following page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy 181 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide External Service Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Comments Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup O Clear sessions when schedule ON C Enable Direction Source IP Any For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profile
325. s channel are enabled Yes or not No Displays the physical medium that the channel will use Displays the VLAN tag value that will be used for the packets traveling on this channel The network traffic flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via their VLAN Tags Channels using the same WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag value Enable Check this box to enable the port based bridge function on this channel P1 P4 Check the box es to build bridge connection on LAN Click any index 3 4 and 8 to get the following web page Dray Tek 117 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Multi VLAN gt Channel 3 Multi VLAN Channel 3 Enable Disable WAN Type Ethernet WANT 4 General Settings VLAN Header VLAN Tag Priority Note Tag value must be set between 1 4095 and unique for each channel Only one channel can be untagged equal to 0 at a time Bridge mode Enable Physical Members Mpi Lip2 Lip3 OP4 Note P1 is reserved for NAT use and cannot be configured for bridge mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Multi VLAN Channel Enable Click it to enable the configuration of this 3 4 8 channel Disable Click it to disable the configuration of this channel WAN Type The connections and interfaces created in every channel may select a specific WAN type to be built upon In the Multi VLAN application only the Ethernet WAN
326. s only available for admin operation therefore please type admin admin on Username Password while Logging into the web user interface Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later section Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router Note Such function is available only for Admin Mode 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wiza i Service Activatioi Uniine Status 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k In the following page you can activate the Web content filter services at the same time or
327. s page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 10 Dray Tek 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer Eidi AST i Canon i Eai aina v zy This driver is digitally signed Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Setting
328. s pou to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected Services Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS Ftp Example menmegr 192 169 29 11 131 35 60654 UDP menmegr 192 168 2911 7824 13251 UDP menmegr 192 169 29 117 8789 63231 TCF The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 4 9 6 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for manag
329. s usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Dray Tek 209 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy pro
330. set is 31 characters Password Type a password for authentication The maximum length of the password you can set is 31 characters Define the interval for the system to send the SMS out 3 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 11 Notification Object Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS Provider Index diN ie Mail Server Set to Factory Default Profile Name Mail Notify This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application gt gt SMS Mail Alert Service You can set an object with different monitoring situation Object Settings gt Notification Object Index I e ime i i i Set to Factory Default Profile Name Settings Each item is explained as follows Dray Tek Item Set to Factory Default Index Profile Settings Description Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Display the profile number that you can configure Display the name for such mail server profile Display the category selected for such profile 207 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Open Object Setting gt gt Notification Object and click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details Object Settings gt gt Notification Object Index Profile Name e e lh 2 The configuration page will be shown as follo
331. set is 47 characters APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply The maximum length of the name you can set 1s 43 characters The initial string is shared with APN In some cases user may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings The maximum length of the string you can set is 47 characters Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP The maximum length of the string you can set is 31 characters Type the PPP username optional The maximum length of the name you can set is 63 characters Type the PPP password optional The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command After f
332. ss is completed Dray Tek 73 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Password Auth Code TahelC l4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Don t have a MyVigor Account Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer senice Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 or 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 3 7 2 Create an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek FI Home MyVigor for you E MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for the latest products and services in network security including Anti About Us Product Beate ___ d My Information Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include nutcode VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series H Qbk q Vcd e Activ
333. start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively That means when 150 packets per second received they will be regarded as attack event and the session will be paused for 10 seconds Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively That means when 50 packets per second received they will be regarded as attack event and the session will be paused for 10 seconds Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second That means when 150 packets per second received they will be regarded as attack event Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the dat
334. t Index Name Index Name ta jea oo a mo mo ko jha Ro pa jha jra Ro j om foo ho j S e foo N foo fon e fee mo fe Oo feo foo fw le la l l S S te ie im ie ie gt ie iy ie lt lt 1 32 33 4 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the object profile 191 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Dray Tek To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows Objects Setting gt gt IPv6 Object Profile Index 1 Address Type Mac Address loo Hoo Hoo Hoo Hoo Hoo Start IP Address Po End IP Address ST Prefix Len Invert Selection Fj Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IPv6 address Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Addr
335. t specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Dray Tek 159 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Drop Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful ins
336. t USB Disk Write Protect Status Wo Disk Capacity 2009 MB USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 2 Then please open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to enable Samba service USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset English ka Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Disable Access Mode OLAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Host Name Vigor2o60 Note 1 If Charset is set to English only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt 2 7 Dray Tek 51 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 3 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read
337. t br gt that is categorized with tCLt lt br gt has been blocked by t RNAME Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Or Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected v Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activation authenticate fail contact with support draytek com 2012 10 30 16 17 01 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 70 Dray Tek 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Password ixxhdd If you cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Auth Code Don t have a MyVigor Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 or 3 Click the link of Create an account now 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and a
338. t quota to default when scheduling time expired C Enable Default Time Quota ob min Default Data Quota O ME Vigor2912 Series User s Guide mints O Unlimited booo O Unlimited Web Alert Tool Telnet E min Ce min JE jo me 180 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login Policy Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable such user profile Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 24 characters Type a password for such profile e g lug123 wug123 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user profile The maximum length of the password you can set i
339. t the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router 1s the default gateway Lease Time Enter the time to determine how long the IP address assigned by DHCP server can be used DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host 128 Dray Tek must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your I
340. ta output for WAN interface For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the 228 Dray Tek Dray Tek network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 229 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Edit the Class Rule for QoS 1 The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Set to Facto
341. table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IPv6 address This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View IPv6 Neighbour Table IPv6 Neighbour Table Refresh l lPyv e Address Mac Address Feito E Paina 32733 00 00 060 02 LAN gd Pein Ba 33 33 00 01 00 02 LAN FESO 3DS5E E74 6751 4448 e8 Gd 87 87 69 2f LAN FFO2 1 2FF51 A446 da dS f f gt 31 s4 4h LAN FE 0 250 7FFF FECS 1 79 S0 Ti ct be 7s LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEC8 4305 06 30 7f ea 43 05 LAN FRFO2 21 33 33 00 00 00 01 LAN FFO2 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 FF02 1 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 FESO 9D5C CA86 5428 3CAT 00 26 2d fe 63 4 LAN FFO2Z 11 FF A 673C 3 33 f f Ba 67 3c Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 345 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 15 5 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh LANI 192 1668 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST I
342. tatic IPv6 Gateway configuration IPv6 Gateway Address Eo o E Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 Static IP Address configuration Prefix Length Type the fixed value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Current IPv6 Address Display current interface IPv6 address Table Static IPv6 Gateway IPv6 Gateway Address Type your IPv6 gateway address Configuration here After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 110 Dray Te k 4 1 3 11 Details Page for IPv6 6in4 Static Tunnel in WAN1 WAN2 This type allows you to setup 6in4 Static Tunnel for WAN interface Such mode allows the router to access Pv6 network through IPv4 network However 6in4 offers a prefix outside of 2002 0 16 So you can use a fixed endpoint rather than any cast endpoint The mode has more reliability WAN gt gt Internet Access O WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type bind Static Tunnel 6ind Static Tunnel Remote Endpoint IPv4 Address Po 6in4 IPv6 Address 84 default 64 Tunnel TTL 255 default 255 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Remote Endpoint IPv4 Type the static Pv4 address for the remote server Address 6in4 IPv6 Address Type the static IPv6 address
343. tatus Connected Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 354 Dray Tek 4 16 External Devices Vigor router can be used to connect with many types of external devices In order to control or manage the external devices conveniently open External Devices to make detailed configuration External Devices External Device Auto Discovery External Devices Connected Below shows available devices that connected externally For security reason If you have changed the administrator password on External Device please click the Account button to retype new username and password Otherwise the router will be unable to monitor the External Device device properly Click the Clear button to Clear the off line information and account information Available settings are explained as follows Item External Device Auto Discovery Description Check this box to detect the external device automatically and display on this page From this web page check the box of External Device Auto Discovery Later all the available devices will be displayed in this page with icons and corresponding information You can change the device name if required or remove the information for off line device whenever you want External Device Auto Discovery External Devices Connected Below shows available devices that connected externall
344. te Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Te K Click any underline of index number to get the following page LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 77 Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check it to enable this profile Destination IP Address Type an IP address as the destination of such static route Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask for such static route Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for such static route After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 133 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Static Route for IPv6 You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route Click the IPv6 tab to open the following page LAN gt Static Route Setup IPv4 IPve Setto Factory Default View IPv6 Routing Table Index Destination Address status Index Destination Address status 1 0 x 11 1 0 x 2 0 x 12 2 0 x 3 z0 X 13 z o x 4 0 x 14 0 x j y0 x 15 0 x 6 0 x 16 0 x i 0 x i 0 x a 2 0 x 16 2 0 x 9 0 x 19 0 x 10 0 X 20 0 x lt lt 1 20 21 40 gt gt Next Status v Active x Inactive Empty Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Viewing IPv6 Ro
345. th of the user name you can set is 63 characters Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 20 Dray Tek Note The maximum length of the password you can set is 62 characters Confirm Password Retype the password WAN IP Obtain an IP address automatically the router will get Configuration an IP address automatically from DHCP server Specify an IP address you have to type relational settings manually IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway Type the IP address of the gateway Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future PPTP Server L2TP Type the IP address of the server Server Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please type in the IP address mask gateway information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system st
346. th the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1
347. th w WAN1 Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions o WANI total TX 0 Bytes RX 0 Bytes WAN2 total TX 0 Bytes RX 0 Bytes WANS total TX 0 Bytes RX 0 Bytes The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Dr ay Te k 351 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 15 10 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route IPv4 OIPV6 Trace through Protocol Host IP Address Run Result Clear Or Diagnostics gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace Host IP Address O OOOO O Run Result Clear Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IPv4 IPv6 Click one of them to display corresponding information for it Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 352 Dray Tek Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping
348. that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field 1s blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP 122 Dray Tek Dest Port End Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Dest Dest Index Enable Protocol WAN SrcIPStart SrcIPEnd PESHI BSE k Pal ERN Start End Start End Up Dow 1 WAN 192 168 1 56 192 168 1 60 172 16 3 88 172 16 3 92 Dow 2 oO Ware UP Don 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forw
349. the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Dray Te K 221 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Default session limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Specific Limitation Start IP Defines the start IP address for limit session End IP Defines the end IP address for limit session Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Administration Message Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the maximum number of Internet sessions permitted Default Message Click this button to apply the default message offered by the router Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the
350. this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports Mirrored port Select which ports are necessary to be mirrored After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 142 Dray Te k 4 2 7 Web Portal Setup This page allows you to configure a profile with specified URL for accessing into or display a message when a wireless LAN user connects to Internet through this router No matter what the purpose of the wireless LAN client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal LAN gt Web Portal Setup Web Portal Table Profile Status Interface Disable None Disable None Disable None gt e p Disable None Mote Internet access must be enabled while webpage redirection is about to enable Each item is explained as follows Item Description Profile Display the number link which allows you to configure the profile Status Display the content Disable URL Redirect or Message of the profile Interface Display the applied interfaces of the profile Preview Open a preview window according to the configured settings To configure the profile click any index numb
351. tically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F mno Col 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 O 2 192 168 1 45 192 168 1 10 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Te k 151 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 x 2 x J x 4 x j x 6 x E x a x 9 x 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 Next Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should clic
352. tings here please click OK to save the configuration Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object SM5 Provider Mail Server Set to Factory Default Index Profile Name SMS Provider 1 Line _ down kotsms com tw TW Zz kotsms com tw TW a kotsms com tw TW kateme com tar TUR Ps Dray Tek 203 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Customized SMS Service Vigor router offers several SMS service provider to offer the SMS service However if your service provider cannot be found from the service provider list simply use Index 9 and Index 10 to make customized SMS service The profile name for Index 9 and Index 10 are fixed Object Settings gt gt SMS Mail Service Object SMS Provider Mail Server Set to Factory Default Index Profile Name SMS Provider 4 koatsms com tw TW3 2 kotsms com tw TW ok koatsms com tw TW 4 kotsms com tw TW 5 kotsms com tw TW 6 kotsms com tw TW T kotsms com tw TW 3 kotsms com tw TW 9 Custom 1 10 Custom 2 You can click the number e g 9 under Index column for configuration in details Object Settings gt SMS Mail Service Object Profile Index 9 Profile Name Custom Service Provider Loo Please contact with your SMS provide to get the exact URL String eg bulksms vsms net 5567 eapi submission send_sms 2 2 0 username 2 stxtUser e amp password txtPwd amp msisdn tstDest amp message txtMsg Username Password Quota Sending I
353. tion Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 19 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide PPTP L2TP 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE seeeeeeee Static IP DHCP 2 Click PPTP L2TP as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by your ISP User Name SAT Taec Password Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 192 166 3 100 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 3 1 is i Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Note The maximum leng
354. to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only Common Settings h WANT First AE First WANT Only WAN First WAN Only WAN Only Backup WAN2 WAN2 Only Backup WAN q WANS First WANS Onh 273 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Vigor2912 Series User s Guide WANI First WAN2 First WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1I WAN2 WAN3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI WAN2 WANS3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only WAN2 Only WAN 3 Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN I Only Backup WAN2 If WAN2 failed the router will use WANI for VPN connection WAN2 Only Backup WANLI If WANI failed the router will use WAN2 for VPN connection Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default se
355. ts 4 Clear Cancel Dray Tek 193 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Available IPv6 All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface Objects chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IPv6 Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected Pv6 objects in this box 3 After finishing all the settings please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 5 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17 2 18 19 4 20 5 21 6 22 t 23 8 24 9 25 10 26 1 27 12 28 14 30 15 31 Next gt gt my ma k Bd a a a on im a w Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Index Display the profile number that you can configure Name Display the name of the object profile To set a new profile please do the steps listed below 1 Click the number e g 1 under Index column for configuration in details Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Te K 2 The configuration page will be shown as follows oF Dray Tek Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name
356. ts Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the Username and Password of the mutual authentication peer The length of the name password is limited to 23 19 characters Assigned IP Start Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address LDAP Server Profiles for Configured LDAP profiles will be listed under such item PPP Authentication Simply check the one you want to enable the PPP authentication by LDAP server profiles However if there is no profile list
357. ttind ccccccceeseeeccceeeeeaeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssseasseeeeeeessssaaeeeeeeees 307 4 12 8 WMM Configuration ccccccceececcceeeceeeseeeceeeeeeaeeeseeeceeeeseeaseseeeeessssaeseeeeeeeesssaaaeeeeeess 309 BNI DISC OW UY serr n R EE EE E 311 Ve WO ieo a ISM a EE E E E E A E E E E 312 dU EAPC aN i E E E E E E EE 313 4 13 1 USB General SettingS 2 cccccescccsseeeecececsscceseneeceeesssccssseeeeceesccseeeeeeeesecceesseeeeess 313 4 13 2 USB User Manageme n cccccccccssssseeeceeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeaeseeeeeeesssseaaaeeeeees 314 4139 3 FHIG eX DION Cl wstxcnwtissunilasaseenaaiennncmsaunsvennsiihstunsiaivedacositjusuaatananinetesasteniaiiaadaeditniaa dan Reais 317 4 13 4 USB Device Status sv avssscosascsnnsauiesusarniniadesiveansawarntndnbiessaianiisauistunhthesiadanneadeanisiuindusitbaonemanans 318 4 13 5 Modem Support LIS tiiacocenccaiesccincesicinsnsansscionaagneenedenedanduatsiedndebeedeendebicinedgeissiandansaioecaguenents 319 A14 System Maintenance sosnosrons a a Ea a 320 4 14 1 System Status c ccccccceccecccccesececcceecccccesseneeeeececccseneceecesseaseeeaeseessecececeeeeesensaccessseess 320 AMA FRODO E S E 322 Dray Te K ix Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 14 3 Administrator PASSWOMG c ccccecececececececececccccueauauauauauauauauneneatavenavavauauauausuuaenenenenes 323 4 14 4 User Password ccccccccccccseeecseeeeeeseeseeesaeeeesaeueeessaaeeeeseas
358. tting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Call Direction Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection Enable PING to keep alive This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPsec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPsec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPsec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by 274 Dray Tek Dray Tek Dial Out Settings continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PIN
359. tup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 5 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Tek 359 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AFP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192
360. uivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iv Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road Hukou Township Hsinchu Industrial Park Hsinchu County Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2912 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2912 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE 1999 5 EC ErP 2009 125 EC and RoHS 2011 65 EU The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying wi
361. ult Call Filter Default Data Filter Firewag gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Fiter Set Fitter 2 Comments Filttes Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down A NetBios gt DNS Down d UP Down LI uP Down 4 F UP Down Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 78 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule Type the comments e g block_all Choose Block If No Further Match for the Filter setting Then click OK Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Fitter Set 2 Rule 2 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments block_all Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule Direction source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Action Profile Filter Block Ifo Further Match Branch to Other Filter Set a Ceecisne morte m lannan Note In default the router will check the packets starting with Set 2 Filter Rule 2 to Filter Rule 7 If Block If No Further Match for is selected for Filter the firewall of the router would check the packets with the rules starting from Rule 3 to Rule 7 The packets not matching with the rules will be processed according to Rule 2 Next set another rule Just open Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Click the Set 2 link and choose the Filter Rule 3 button Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule Type the comments e g open_ip Click the Edit button for Source IP Firewall gt gt Edit
362. um AH High ESP DES 3DES AES CL Enable IPsec Dial Out function GRE over IPsec O Logical Traffic My GRE P PeercREmP 9 TCPAP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooon From first subnet to remote network youhawe to do Route Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 EEE ETNE Mas EA Change default route to this VPN tunrel Only Local Network IP 192 168 1 1 single WAN supports this Local Network Mask 255 255 25560 More Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP Vigor2912 Series User s Guide VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPsec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPsec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPsec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec Select from below E None Do not apply the IPsec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection E Nice to Have Apply the IPsec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the 278 Dray Tek Dray Tek dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connect
363. unction of alert log AlertLog Port Type the port number for alert log The default setting is 514 Mail Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Send a test e mail Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not SMTP Server SMTP Port The IP address Port number of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Use SSL Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server for some e mail server uses https as the transmission method Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu 2 About Router Tools ER Firmware Uperade Utility fg Router Tools 3 5 1 i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5
364. unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page You can set different DMZ host for each WAN interface Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN WANS WAN 1 Private IP MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host Note When a True IP DMZ host ts turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on OK Dray Tek 149 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item WAN 1 Private IP Active True IP Ih Private IP Choose PC Description Choose Private IP or Active True IP first Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of
365. up After setting profiles for backup you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration Refer to the following explanation VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Mame testi ERD Mode Normal Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detectionf ERD Status Normal Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name List the backup profile name ERD Mode ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member 1 will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection Detail Information This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection 4 10 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General mode at Backup Mode VPH Connection Status Current Page 1 Page No ca Remote IP Virtual Network lx hs le UpTime Pkts Rate Eps Pkts Rate Bps SEMMEERM Data is encrypted aves Data isn t encrypted Available settings are explained as follows Item D
366. up Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WAN Yes li USB Load Balance Ciwan 1 Owan 2 WAN 3 when any of selected WAN disconnect When all of selected WAN disconnect Note 1 The line speed setting of WAN interface is avalalbe only when According to Line Speed is selected as the Load Balance Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Line Speed Active Mode Backup Type Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Choose Always On to make the WAN3 connection being activated always Always Or Alw Y Z D n Backug If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup Type will appear Please specify which WAN will be treated as the Backup WAN Active Mode Backup wv Load Balance l Owan 1 wan 2 WAN 3 Backup Type Only if acting as backup for When any of selected WAN disconnect multiple WAN O when all of selected WAN disconnect When any of selected WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When
367. uration on Vigor Router for Branch Office 1 Log into the web user interface of Vigor router 2 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN to create a LAN to LAN profile The following settings are for a permanent VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN i LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default View All Trunk Index Name Active Status Index Name Active Status 1 397 o _ 17 777 d i 2 F sere 16 399 F ane L 397 a 19 299 CO z 4 2 C a 20 O i 5 777 F 1 P 3 Click any index number to open the configuration page Type a name which is easy for identification for such profile in this case type VPN Client and check the box of Enable This Profile For such Vigor router will be set as a client the call direction shall be set as Dial out Check the box of Always on for a permanent VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in VPN Client a Profile Name Enable this profile Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WAN First E Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP fs Multicast via VPN Pass OBlock for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Mel n Can Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 56 Dray Te k 4 Now navigate to the next section Dial Out Settings to select the Psec Tunnel service and type
368. uting Displays the routing table for your reference Table Index The number 1 to 40 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Click any underline of index number to get the following page LAN gt Static Route Setup Index Noa 1 Enable Network Interface LAN w Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check it to enable this profile Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Te k Destination IPv6 Address Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry Prefix Len Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static route LAN L WAN WAN2 WAN po After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks based on IPv4 Here is an example based on Pv4 of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1
369. uting strict security checking for data transmission The router performance will be affected if you invoke strict security checking APP Enforcement Check this box to execute the critical checking for all the files transferred via IM P2P Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 172 Dray Te k Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Dray Tek Firewall General Setup General Setup Geniral Selup Chehauhi Hubi Start Filter set Solt Call Filer i Enable Disable Data Filter Enable Start FilreNget Sotz w O Driatble H Accopt Large meen fragmented UDP or ICMP packets fo Enable Strict Secunty Firewall ne P Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Cammennts Dafault Call Filter Default Data Filter Firewall gt Filter Setup Edit Filter Seq Fillaw Sai i Commons Default sat Cmamienis Filter Set 1 Rule 1 E Block NetBies Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Sebup Bet to Factory Default See Camments L g 10 TL Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rul El Cheek to
370. value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Current IPv6 Address Display current used IPv6 addresses Table When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Dray Te k 131 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static route Both protocols bring different web pages Static Route for IPv4 LAN gt Static Route Setup IPv4 IPG Set to Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status Pe 7 6 Ta T TPY f wee 8 g 2 3 4 D 0 Status v Active s Inactive Empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private A C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 directly connected LAN1 lt Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static rou
371. ver User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 213 TRO Port 2069 Default 8069 SSH Port Default 22 Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List from the Internet List IF Subnet Mask Note LANI is always allowed to access all the router services regardless of LAN Access Control settings Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Router Name Management Access Control Access List Description Type in the router name provided by ISP Allow management from the Internet Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Disable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router 337 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Management Port Setup User Define Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers
372. w reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network i
373. wn on the box Dray Tek 247 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address vac address EU I 4 Result Send command to client done 4 9 8 SMS Mail Alert Service The function of SMS Short Message Service Mail Alert is that Vigor router sends a message to user s mobile or e mail box through specified service provider to assist the user knowing the real time abnormal situations Vigor router allows you to set up to 10 SMS profiles which will be sent out according to different conditions SMS Provider This page allows you to specify SMS provider who will get the SMS what the content is and when the SMS will be sent Application gt SMS Mail Alert Service SMS Provider Mail Server Setto Factory Default Index SM5 Provider Recipient Notify Profile Schedule 1 15 oO E 7 o e V0 es w E 50 E 60 m 1 IC ro eS eee 7 sd ag ID oC Do i eee ESEA Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Check the box to enable such profile SMS Provider Use the drop down list to choose SMS service provider You can click SMS Provider link to define the SMS server Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 248 Dray Te k Recipient Notify Schedule Type the name of the one who will receive the SMS Use the drop down list to
374. ws Object Settings gt Notification Object Profile Index 4 Profile Mame Notify attack Category Status WAN Disconnected Reconnected VPN Tunnel Disconnected JReconnected Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such notification profile The maximum length of the name you can set is 15 characters Category Display the types that will be monitored Status Display the status for the category You can check the box you want to be monitored 3 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Object Settings gt Notification Object Setto Factory Default Index Profile Name Settings Notify attack WAN VPN ey e Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 208 Dray Te k 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since f
375. x nn agMBAAGgADANBogkgqhkiG3wOBAQUF AROBGOBe ki 6 YPA0udg2 00cgb2dXqKhRor9 cfleLAiaGisc YSWzitCKVDPzoqq Try YWtiBb4BYIKnLAMbhpccDbavoank smbIqhh3vetUv0Pqyas5sIbMFcOuoLkK UmzZkr4 OqgGNcFIqkTREUyHSTYOhpYO1L6PlivznlCgdWs1sis5MnpisvyIAa IMPORT Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server then import it as Local Certificate If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party you may import it directly The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a private key Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 290 Dray Te k Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information There are three types of local certificate supported by Vigor router Certificate Management gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file Click Import to upload the local certificate __ import Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Upload Local Certificate It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by vigor router and signed by CA server If you have done well in certificate generation the Status of the certificate will be shown as OK REFRESH Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request Certificate Sirning Request Information Windows
376. y On Line On Line On Line On Line On Line Hm lo we When you finished the configuration click OK to save it Yigors900 Connection Uptime d0 00 16 IP Address 172 17 5 140 Vigor2e960 Connection Uptime 00 00 16 IP Address 172 17 5 184 VigorlIPPBs 3510 Connection Uptime 00 00 16 IP Address 172 17 3 1 Vigor2e820 Series Connection Uptime 00 00 16 IP Address 172 17 3 193 VigorlIPPBs 3510 Connection Uptime 00 00 16 IP Address 172 17 3 160 1 fone vosr Cearioc Tmormrorctior hatira A A IG Account Account Account Account Account Note Only DrayTek products can be detected by this function Dray Tek 355 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 356 Dray Te k e Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware
377. ystem Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 362 Dray Tek System Maintenance gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Reboot Now Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Wireles ON OFF Factory Reset WLAN VPN DMZ After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support Dray Tek com Dray Te k 363 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide
378. ystem Time Roube Tine hot Message After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 177 Vigor2912 Series User s Guide 4 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular host until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management Not only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts internet WLAN _User_Group_A Password wug123 Lisa s notebook Allen s PC Q David s notebook WLAN User Group B LAN_User_Group_1 Password wug456 Password lug123 a Amy s PC lt Not controlled by user Management LAN User Group 2 Password lug456 Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to every user connected to the router with customized profiles Note If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more

A lot - Alvaco

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents